Merge "Ensure users are able to edit the page after changing the content model"
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.28.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See http://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 * FSRepo is also supported for backwards compatibility.
447 *
448 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
449 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
450 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
451 *
452 * For most core repos:
453 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
454 * container : backend container name the zone is in
455 * directory : root path within container for the zone
456 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
457 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
458 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
459 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
460 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
461 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
462 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
463 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
464 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
465 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
466 * handler instead.
467 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
468 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
469 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
470 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
471 * - pathDisclosureProtection
472 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
473 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
474 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
475 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
476 * is 0644.
477 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
478 * some remote repos.
479 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
480 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
481 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
482 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
483 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
484 *
485 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
486 * for local repositories:
487 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
488 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
489 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
490 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
491 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
492 *
493 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
494 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
495 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
496 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
497 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
498 *
499 * ForeignDBRepo:
500 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
501 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
502 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
503 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
504 *
505 * ForeignAPIRepo:
506 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
507 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
508 *
509 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
510 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
511 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
512 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
513 * be searched after the local file repo.
514 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
515 *
516 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
517 */
518 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
519
520 /**
521 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
522 */
523 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
524
525 /**
526 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
527 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
528 * settings
529 */
530 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
531
532 /**
533 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
534 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
535 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
536 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
537 *
538 * Example:
539 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
540 */
541 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
542
543 /**
544 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
545 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
546 *
547 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
548 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
549 *
550 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
551 */
552 $wgUploadDialog = [
553 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
554 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
555 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
556 'fields' => [
557 'description' => true,
558 'date' => false,
559 'categories' => false,
560 ],
561 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
562 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
563 'licensemessages' => [
564 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
565 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
567 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
568 'local' => 'generic-local',
569 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
570 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
572 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
573 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
574 ],
575 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
576 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
577 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
578 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
579 'comment' => [
580 'local' => '',
581 'foreign' => '',
582 ],
583 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
584 'format' => [
585 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
586 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
587 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
588 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
589 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
590 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
591 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
592 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
593 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
594 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
595 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
596 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
597 // * $TEXT - input by the user
598 'description' => '$TEXT',
599 'ownwork' => '',
600 'license' => '',
601 'uncategorized' => '',
602 ],
603 ];
604
605 /**
606 * File backend structure configuration.
607 *
608 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
609 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
610 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
611 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
612 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
613 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
614 *
615 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
616 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
617 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
618 *
619 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
620 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
621 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
622 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
623 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
624 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
625 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
626 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
627 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
628 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
629 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
630 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
631 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
632 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
633 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
634 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
635 */
636 $wgFileBackends = [];
637
638 /**
639 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
640 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
641 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
642 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
643 *
644 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
645 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
646 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
647 *
648 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
649 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
650 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
651 */
652 $wgLockManagers = [];
653
654 /**
655 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
656 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: http://www.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
657 *
658 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
659 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
660 * extensions" section of php.ini:
661 * @code{.ini}
662 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
663 * @endcode
664 */
665 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
666
667 /**
668 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
669 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
670 * Defaults to false.
671 */
672 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
673
674 /**
675 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
676 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
677 * $wgUploadDirectory.
678 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
679 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
680 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
681 * directory.
682 *
683 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
684 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
685 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
686 */
687 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
688
689 /**
690 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
691 */
692 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
693
694 /**
695 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
696 */
697 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
698
699 /**
700 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
701 */
702 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
703
704 /**
705 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
706 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
707 */
708 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
709
710 /**
711 * Optional table prefix used in database.
712 */
713 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
714
715 /**
716 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
717 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
718 */
719 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
720
721 /**
722 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
723 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
724 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
725 */
726 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
727
728 /**
729 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
730 *
731 * @since 1.20
732 */
733 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
734
735 /**
736 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
737 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
738 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
739 */
740 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
741
742 /**
743 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
744 * @since 1.20
745 */
746 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
747
748 /**
749 * Different timeout for upload by url
750 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
751 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
752 * to default.
753 *
754 * @since 1.22
755 */
756 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
757
758 /**
759 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
760 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
761 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
762 * for non-specified types.
763 *
764 * @par Example:
765 * @code
766 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
767 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
768 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
769 * ];
770 * @endcode
771 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
772 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
773 */
774 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
775
776 /**
777 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
778 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
779 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
780 * @since 1.26
781 */
782 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
783
784 /**
785 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
786 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
787 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
788 *
789 * @par Example:
790 * @code
791 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
792 * @endcode
793 */
794 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
795
796 /**
797 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
798 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
799 * appended to it as appropriate.
800 */
801 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
802
803 /**
804 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
805 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
806 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
807 * access to the thumbnail path.
808 *
809 * @par Example:
810 * @code
811 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
812 * @endcode
813 */
814 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
815
816 /**
817 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
818 */
819 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
820
821 /**
822 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
823 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
824 *
825 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
826 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
827 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
828 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
829 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
830 *
831 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
832 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
833 */
834 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
835
836 /**
837 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
838 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
839 * directory layout.
840 */
841 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
842
843 /**
844 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
845 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
846 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
847 * image description page on this wiki.
848 *
849 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
850 */
851 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
852
853 /**
854 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
855 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
856 *
857 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
858 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
859 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
860 */
861 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
862
863 /**
864 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
865 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
866 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
867 */
868 $wgFileBlacklist = [
869 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
870 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
871 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
872 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
873 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
874 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
875 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
876 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
877
878 /**
879 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
880 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
881 */
882 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
883 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
884 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
885 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
886 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
887 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
888 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
889 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
890 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
891 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
892 'application/x-msmetafile',
893 ];
894
895 /**
896 * Allow Java archive uploads.
897 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
898 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
899 */
900 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
901
902 /**
903 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
904 *
905 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
906 */
907 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
908
909 /**
910 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
911 * by $wgFileExtensions.
912 *
913 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
914 */
915 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
916
917 /**
918 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
919 *
920 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
921 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
922 */
923 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
924
925 /**
926 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
927 */
928 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
929
930 /**
931 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
932 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
933 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
934 *
935 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
936 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
937 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
938 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
939 */
940 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
941 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
942 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
943 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
944 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
945 "application/pdf", // PDF files
946 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
947 ];
948
949 /**
950 * Plugins for media file type handling.
951 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
952 *
953 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
954 * and extensions should use extension.json.
955 */
956 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
957
958 /**
959 * Plugins for page content model handling.
960 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
961 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
962 *
963 * @since 1.21
964 */
965 $wgContentHandlers = [
966 // the usual case
967 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
968 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
969 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
970 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
971 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
972 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
973 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
974 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
975 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
976 ];
977
978 /**
979 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
980 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
981 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
982 */
983 $wgUseImageResize = true;
984
985 /**
986 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
987 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
988 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
989 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
990 *
991 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
992 */
993 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
994
995 /**
996 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
997 */
998 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
999
1000 /**
1001 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1002 * @since 1.27
1003 */
1004 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1005
1006 /**
1007 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1008 */
1009 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1010
1011 /**
1012 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1013 */
1014 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1015
1016 /**
1017 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1018 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1019 */
1020 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1021
1022 /**
1023 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1024 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1025 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1026 *
1027 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1028 * @code
1029 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1030 * @endcode
1031 *
1032 * Leave as false to skip this.
1033 */
1034 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1035
1036 /**
1037 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1038 *
1039 * @since 1.21
1040 */
1041 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1042
1043 /**
1044 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1045 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1046 * at sharp edges.
1047 *
1048 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1049 *
1050 * Supported values:
1051 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1052 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1053 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1054 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1055 *
1056 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1057 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1058 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1059 *
1060 * @since 1.27
1061 */
1062 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1063
1064 /**
1065 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1066 * image formats.
1067 */
1068 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1069
1070 /**
1071 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1072 *
1073 * @since 1.26
1074 */
1075 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1076
1077 /**
1078 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1079 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1080 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1081 *
1082 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1083 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1084 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1085 */
1086 $wgSVGConverters = [
1087 'ImageMagick' =>
1088 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1089 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1090 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1091 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1092 . '$output $input',
1093 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1094 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1095 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1096 ];
1097
1098 /**
1099 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1100 */
1101 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1102
1103 /**
1104 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1105 */
1106 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1107
1108 /**
1109 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1110 */
1111 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1112
1113 /**
1114 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1115 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1116 */
1117 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1118
1119 /**
1120 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1121 *
1122 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1123 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1124 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1125 *
1126 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1127 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1128 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1129 */
1130 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1131
1132 /**
1133 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1134 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1135 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1136 *
1137 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1138 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1139 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1140 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1141 *
1142 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1143 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1144 */
1145 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1146
1147 /**
1148 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1149 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1150 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1151 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1152 */
1153 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1154
1155 /**
1156 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1157 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1158 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1159 *
1160 * @par Example:
1161 * @code
1162 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1163 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1164 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1165 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1166 * @endcode
1167 */
1168 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1169
1170 /**
1171 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1172 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1173 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1174 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1175 */
1176 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1177
1178 /**
1179 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1180 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1181 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1182 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1183 */
1184 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1185
1186 /**
1187 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1188 * output instead of showing an error message.
1189 *
1190 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1191 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1192 *
1193 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1194 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1195 * are logged to a file for review.
1196 */
1197 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1198
1199 /**
1200 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1201 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1202 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1203 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1204 * webserver(s).
1205 */
1206 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1207
1208 /**
1209 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1210 */
1211 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1212
1213 /**
1214 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1215 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1216 * is available that can rotate.
1217 */
1218 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1219
1220 /**
1221 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1222 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1223 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1224 */
1225 $wgAntivirus = null;
1226
1227 /**
1228 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1229 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1230 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1231 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1232 *
1233 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1234 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1235 *
1236 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1237 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1238 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1239 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1240 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1241 * path.
1242 *
1243 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1244 * function in SpecialUpload.
1245 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1246 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1247 * is not set.
1248 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1249 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1250 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1251 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1252 * no virus was found.
1253 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1254 * a virus.
1255 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1256 *
1257 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1258 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1259 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1260 */
1261 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1262
1263 # setup for clamav
1264 'clamav' => [
1265 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1266 'codemap' => [
1267 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1268 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1269 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1270 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1271 ],
1272 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1273 ],
1274 ];
1275
1276 /**
1277 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1278 */
1279 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1280
1281 /**
1282 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1283 */
1284 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1285
1286 /**
1287 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1288 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1289 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1290 */
1291 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1292
1293 /**
1294 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1295 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1296 */
1297 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1298
1299 /**
1300 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1301 * the MIME type to standard output.
1302 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1303 * If not set or NULL, PHP's fileinfo extension will be used if available.
1304 *
1305 * @par Example:
1306 * @code
1307 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1308 * @endcode
1309 */
1310 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1311
1312 /**
1313 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1314 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1315 * can be trusted.
1316 */
1317 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1318
1319 /**
1320 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1321 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1322 */
1323 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1324 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1325 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1326 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1327 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1328 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1329 ];
1330
1331 /**
1332 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1333 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1334 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1335 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1336 * change it if you alter the array (see bug 8858).
1337 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1338 */
1339 $wgImageLimits = [
1340 [ 320, 240 ],
1341 [ 640, 480 ],
1342 [ 800, 600 ],
1343 [ 1024, 768 ],
1344 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1345 ];
1346
1347 /**
1348 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1349 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1350 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1351 */
1352 $wgThumbLimits = [
1353 120,
1354 150,
1355 180,
1356 200,
1357 250,
1358 300
1359 ];
1360
1361 /**
1362 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1363 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1364 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1365 *
1366 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1367 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1368 * supports it.
1369 */
1370 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1371
1372 /**
1373 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1374 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1375 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1376 * following buckets:
1377 *
1378 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1379 *
1380 * and a distance of 50:
1381 *
1382 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1383 *
1384 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1385 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1386 */
1387 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1388
1389 /**
1390 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1391 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1392 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1393 *
1394 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1395 *
1396 * @since 1.25
1397 */
1398
1399 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1400
1401 /**
1402 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1403 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1404 *
1405 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1406 * thumbnail's URL.
1407 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1408 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1409 *
1410 * @since 1.25
1411 */
1412 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1413
1414 /**
1415 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1416 *
1417 * @since 1.25
1418 */
1419 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1420
1421 /**
1422 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1423 * HTTP request to.
1424 *
1425 * @since 1.25
1426 */
1427 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1428
1429 /**
1430 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1431 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1432 *
1433 * @since 1.26
1434 */
1435 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1436
1437 /**
1438 * Default parameters for the "<gallery>" tag
1439 */
1440 $wgGalleryOptions = [
1441 'imagesPerRow' => 0, // Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1442 'imageWidth' => 120, // Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1443 'imageHeight' => 120, // Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1444 'captionLength' => true, // Deprecated @since 1.28
1445 // Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1446 // A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1447 // and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1448 'showBytes' => true, // Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1449 'mode' => 'traditional',
1450 ];
1451
1452 /**
1453 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1454 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1455 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1456 */
1457 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1458
1459 /**
1460 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1461 */
1462 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1463
1464 /**
1465 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1466 *
1467 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1468 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1469 *
1470 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1471 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1472 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1473 */
1474 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1475
1476 /**
1477 * @name DJVU settings
1478 * @{
1479 */
1480
1481 /**
1482 * Path of the djvudump executable
1483 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1484 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1485 */
1486 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1487
1488 /**
1489 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1490 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1491 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1492 */
1493 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1494
1495 /**
1496 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1497 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1498 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1499 */
1500 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1501
1502 /**
1503 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1504 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1505 *
1506 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1507 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1508 * the efficiency problem.
1509 * http://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1510 *
1511 * @par Example:
1512 * @code
1513 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1514 * @endcode
1515 */
1516 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1517
1518 /**
1519 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1520 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1521 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1522 */
1523 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1524
1525 /**
1526 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1527 */
1528 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1529
1530 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1531
1532 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1533
1534 /************************************************************************//**
1535 * @name Email settings
1536 * @{
1537 */
1538
1539 /**
1540 * Site admin email address.
1541 *
1542 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1543 */
1544 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1545
1546 /**
1547 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1548 *
1549 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1550 *
1551 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1552 */
1553 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1554
1555 /**
1556 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1557 *
1558 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1559 */
1560 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1561
1562 /**
1563 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1564 *
1565 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1566 */
1567 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1568
1569 /**
1570 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1571 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1572 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1573 */
1574 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1575
1576 /**
1577 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1578 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1579 */
1580 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1581
1582 /**
1583 * Set to true to put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1584 * instead of From. ($wgEmergencyContact will be used as From.)
1585 *
1586 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1587 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1588 * when bounces are sent to the sender.
1589 */
1590 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = false;
1591
1592 /**
1593 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1594 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1595 */
1596 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1597
1598 /**
1599 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1600 */
1601 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1602
1603 /**
1604 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1605 */
1606 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1607
1608 /**
1609 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1610 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1611 */
1612 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1613
1614 /**
1615 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1616 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1617 */
1618 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1619
1620 /**
1621 * SMTP Mode.
1622 *
1623 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1624 * Default to false or fill an array :
1625 *
1626 * @code
1627 * $wgSMTP = [
1628 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1629 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1630 * 'port' => '25',
1631 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1632 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1633 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1634 * ];
1635 * @endcode
1636 */
1637 $wgSMTP = false;
1638
1639 /**
1640 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1641 */
1642 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1643
1644 /**
1645 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1646 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1647 */
1648 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1649
1650 /**
1651 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1652 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1653 */
1654 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1655
1656 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1657 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1658 # enable or disable at their discretion
1659 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1660 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1661
1662 /**
1663 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1664 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1665 * spam relay.
1666 */
1667 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1668
1669 /**
1670 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1671 */
1672 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1673
1674 /**
1675 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1676 * user talk page.
1677 *
1678 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1679 * preference set to true.
1680 */
1681 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1682
1683 /**
1684 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1685 * allowed this in the preferences.
1686 */
1687 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1688
1689 /**
1690 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1691 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1692 *
1693 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1694 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1695 *
1696 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1697 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1698 *
1699 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1700 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1701 */
1702 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1703
1704 /**
1705 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1706 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1707 *
1708 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1709 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1710 */
1711 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1712
1713 /**
1714 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1715 * match the limit on your mail server.
1716 */
1717 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1718
1719 /**
1720 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1721 */
1722 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1723
1724 /**
1725 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1726 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1727 */
1728 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1729
1730 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1731
1732 /************************************************************************//**
1733 * @name Database settings
1734 * @{
1735 */
1736
1737 /**
1738 * Database host name or IP address
1739 */
1740 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1741
1742 /**
1743 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1744 */
1745 $wgDBport = 5432;
1746
1747 /**
1748 * Name of the database
1749 */
1750 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1751
1752 /**
1753 * Database username
1754 */
1755 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1756
1757 /**
1758 * Database user's password
1759 */
1760 $wgDBpassword = '';
1761
1762 /**
1763 * Database type
1764 */
1765 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1766
1767 /**
1768 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1769 *
1770 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1771 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1772 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1773 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1774 */
1775 $wgDBssl = false;
1776
1777 /**
1778 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1779 *
1780 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1781 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1782 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1783 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1784 */
1785 $wgDBcompress = false;
1786
1787 /**
1788 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1789 */
1790 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1791
1792 /**
1793 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1794 */
1795 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1796
1797 /**
1798 * Search type.
1799 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1800 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1801 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1802 */
1803 $wgSearchType = null;
1804
1805 /**
1806 * Alternative search types
1807 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1808 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1809 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1810 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1811 */
1812 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1813
1814 /**
1815 * Table name prefix
1816 */
1817 $wgDBprefix = '';
1818
1819 /**
1820 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1821 */
1822 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1823
1824 /**
1825 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1826 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1827 * DBA has done his best job.
1828 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1829 */
1830 $wgSQLMode = '';
1831
1832 /**
1833 * Mediawiki schema
1834 */
1835 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1836
1837 /**
1838 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1839 */
1840 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1841
1842 /**
1843 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1844 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1845 * main database.
1846 *
1847 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1848 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1849 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1850 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1851 *
1852 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1853 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1854 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1855 *
1856 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1857 * $wgDBprefix.
1858 *
1859 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1860 * $wgDBmwschema.
1861 *
1862 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1863 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1864 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1865 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1866 */
1867 $wgSharedDB = null;
1868
1869 /**
1870 * @see $wgSharedDB
1871 */
1872 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1873
1874 /**
1875 * @see $wgSharedDB
1876 */
1877 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1878
1879 /**
1880 * @see $wgSharedDB
1881 * @since 1.23
1882 */
1883 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1884
1885 /**
1886 * Database load balancer
1887 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1888 * Fields are:
1889 * - host: Host name
1890 * - dbname: Default database name
1891 * - user: DB user
1892 * - password: DB password
1893 * - type: DB type
1894 *
1895 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1896 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1897 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1898 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1899 *
1900 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1901 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1902 *
1903 * - flags: bit field
1904 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1905 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1906 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1907 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1908 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1909 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1910 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1911 * if available
1912 *
1913 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1914 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1915 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1916 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1917 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1918 *
1919 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1920 * variable of the Database object.
1921 *
1922 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1923 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1924 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1925 *
1926 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1927 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1928 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1929 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1930 *
1931 * @code
1932 * SET @@read_only=1;
1933 * @endcode
1934 *
1935 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1936 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1937 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1938 */
1939 $wgDBservers = false;
1940
1941 /**
1942 * Load balancer factory configuration
1943 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1944 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1945 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1946 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1947 *
1948 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1949 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1950 */
1951 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1952
1953 /**
1954 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1955 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1956 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1957 * @since 1.27
1958 */
1959 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1960
1961 /**
1962 * File to log database errors to
1963 */
1964 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1965
1966 /**
1967 * Timezone to use in the error log.
1968 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
1969 *
1970 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
1971 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
1972 *
1973 * @par Examples:
1974 * @code
1975 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
1976 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
1977 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
1978 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
1979 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
1980 * @endcode
1981 *
1982 * @since 1.20
1983 */
1984 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
1985
1986 /**
1987 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
1988 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
1989 *
1990 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
1991 *
1992 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
1993 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
1994 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
1995 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
1996 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
1997 *
1998 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
1999 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2000 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2001 */
2002 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2003
2004 /**
2005 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2006 *
2007 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2008 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2009 * block).
2010 *
2011 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2012 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2013 * connections.
2014 *
2015 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2016 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2017 * pooled.
2018 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2019 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2020 *
2021 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2022 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2023 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2024 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2025 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2026 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2027 *
2028 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2029 *
2030 */
2031 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2032
2033 /**
2034 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer
2035 * account.
2036 * Array numeric key => database name
2037 */
2038 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2039
2040 /**
2041 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2042 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2043 * show a more obvious warning.
2044 */
2045 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2046
2047 /**
2048 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2049 */
2050 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2051
2052 /**
2053 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2054 */
2055 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2056
2057 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2058
2059 /************************************************************************//**
2060 * @name Text storage
2061 * @{
2062 */
2063
2064 /**
2065 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2066 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2067 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2068 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2069 */
2070 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2071
2072 /**
2073 * External stores allow including content
2074 * from non database sources following URL links.
2075 *
2076 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2077 * @code
2078 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2079 * @endcode
2080 *
2081 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2082 */
2083 $wgExternalStores = [];
2084
2085 /**
2086 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2087 *
2088 * @par Example:
2089 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2090 * @code
2091 * $wgExternalServers = [
2092 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2093 * ];
2094 * @endcode
2095 *
2096 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2097 * another class.
2098 */
2099 $wgExternalServers = [];
2100
2101 /**
2102 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2103 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2104 *
2105 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2106 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2107 *
2108 * @par Example:
2109 * @code
2110 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2111 * @endcode
2112 *
2113 * @var array
2114 */
2115 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2116
2117 /**
2118 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2119 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2120 *
2121 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2122 */
2123 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2124
2125 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2126
2127 /************************************************************************//**
2128 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2129 * @{
2130 */
2131
2132 /**
2133 * Disable database-intensive features
2134 */
2135 $wgMiserMode = false;
2136
2137 /**
2138 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2139 */
2140 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2141
2142 /**
2143 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2144 */
2145 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2146
2147 /**
2148 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2149 */
2150 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2151
2152 /**
2153 * Enable slow parser functions
2154 */
2155 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2156
2157 /**
2158 * Allow schema updates
2159 */
2160 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2161
2162 /**
2163 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2164 */
2165 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2166
2167 /**
2168 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2169 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2170 */
2171 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2172
2173 /**
2174 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2175 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2176 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2177 * @since 1.26
2178 */
2179 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2180
2181 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2182
2183 /************************************************************************//**
2184 * @name Cache settings
2185 * @{
2186 */
2187
2188 /**
2189 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2190 * from the web.
2191 *
2192 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2193 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2194 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2195 */
2196 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2197
2198 /**
2199 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2200 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2201 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2202 *
2203 * The options are:
2204 *
2205 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2206 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2207 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2208 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2209 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, XCache or WinCache
2210 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2211 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2212 *
2213 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2214 */
2215 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2216
2217 /**
2218 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2219 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2220 *
2221 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2222 */
2223 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2224
2225 /**
2226 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2227 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2228 *
2229 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2230 */
2231 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2232
2233 /**
2234 * The cache type for storing session data.
2235 *
2236 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2237 */
2238 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2239
2240 /**
2241 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2242 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2243 *
2244 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2245 *
2246 * @since 1.20
2247 */
2248 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2249
2250 /**
2251 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2252 *
2253 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2254 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2255 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2256 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2257 *
2258 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2259 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2260 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2261 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2262 */
2263 $wgObjectCaches = [
2264 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2265 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2266
2267 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2268 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2269 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2270
2271 'db-replicated' => [
2272 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2273 'readFactory' => [
2274 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2275 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2276 ],
2277 'writeFactory' => [
2278 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2279 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2280 ],
2281 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2282 'reportDupes' => false
2283 ],
2284
2285 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2286 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2287 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2288 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2289 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2290 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2291 ];
2292
2293 /**
2294 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2295 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2296 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2297 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2298 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2299 *
2300 * The options are:
2301 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2302 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2303 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2304 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2305 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2306 * @since 1.26
2307 */
2308 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2309
2310 /**
2311 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2312 *
2313 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2314 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2315 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2316 *
2317 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2318 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2319 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2320 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2321 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2322 *
2323 * @since 1.26
2324 */
2325 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2326 CACHE_NONE => [
2327 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2328 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2329 'channels' => []
2330 ]
2331 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2332 'memcached-php' => [
2333 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2334 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2335 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2336 ]
2337 */
2338 ];
2339
2340 /**
2341 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2342 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2343 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2344 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2345 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2346 *
2347 * The options are:
2348 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2349 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2350 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2351 *
2352 * @since 1.26
2353 */
2354 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2355
2356 /**
2357 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2358 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2359 */
2360 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2361
2362 /**
2363 * Deprecated alias for $wgSessionsInObjectCache.
2364 *
2365 * @deprecated since 1.20; Use $wgSessionsInObjectCache
2366 */
2367 $wgSessionsInMemcached = true;
2368
2369 /**
2370 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2371 */
2372 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2373
2374 /**
2375 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2376 */
2377 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2378
2379 /**
2380 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2381 */
2382 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2383
2384 /**
2385 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2386 *
2387 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2388 *
2389 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2390 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2391 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2392 * others' cookies.
2393 *
2394 * @since 1.27
2395 * @var string
2396 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2397 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2398 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2399 */
2400 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2401
2402 /**
2403 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2404 *
2405 * @since 1.28
2406 */
2407 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2408
2409 /**
2410 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2411 */
2412 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2413
2414 /**
2415 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2416 */
2417 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2418
2419 /**
2420 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2421 * requests.
2422 */
2423 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2424
2425 /**
2426 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2427 */
2428 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2429
2430 /**
2431 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2432 *
2433 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2434 *
2435 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2436 *
2437 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2438 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2439 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2440 */
2441 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2442
2443 /**
2444 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2445 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2446 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2447 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2448 */
2449 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2450
2451 /**
2452 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2453 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2454 *
2455 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2456 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2457 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2458 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2459 * otherwise the database will be used.
2460 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2461 * store static arrays.
2462 *
2463 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2464 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2465 *
2466 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2467 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2468 * will be used.
2469 *
2470 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2471 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2472 */
2473 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2474 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2475 'store' => 'detect',
2476 'storeClass' => false,
2477 'storeDirectory' => false,
2478 'manualRecache' => false,
2479 ];
2480
2481 /**
2482 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2483 */
2484 $wgCachePages = true;
2485
2486 /**
2487 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2488 * client-side and server-side caching.
2489 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2490 * @verbatim
2491 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2492 * @endverbatim
2493 */
2494 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2495
2496 /**
2497 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2498 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2499 */
2500 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2501
2502 /**
2503 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2504 *
2505 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2506 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2507 * styles.
2508 */
2509 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2510
2511 /**
2512 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2513 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2514 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2515 */
2516 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2517
2518 /**
2519 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2520 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2521 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2522 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2523 */
2524 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2525
2526 /**
2527 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2528 * @deprecated since 1.26
2529 */
2530 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2531
2532 /**
2533 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2534 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2535 */
2536 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2537
2538 /**
2539 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2540 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2541 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2542 *
2543 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2544 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2545 * don't update as expected.
2546 */
2547 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2548
2549 /**
2550 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2551 */
2552 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2553
2554 /**
2555 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2556 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2557 *
2558 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2559 */
2560 $wgUseGzip = false;
2561
2562 /**
2563 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2564 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2565 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2566 * a grace period.
2567 */
2568 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2572 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2573 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2574 *
2575 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2576 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2577 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2578 */
2579 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2580
2581 /**
2582 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2583 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2584 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2585 *
2586 * @par Example:
2587 * @code
2588 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2589 * @endcode
2590 *
2591 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2592 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2593 *
2594 * @var int|bool
2595 */
2596 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2597
2598 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2599
2600 /************************************************************************//**
2601 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2602 *
2603 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2604 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2605 *
2606 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2607 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2608 * more details.
2609 *
2610 * @{
2611 */
2612
2613 /**
2614 * Enable/disable CDN.
2615 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2616 */
2617 $wgUseSquid = false;
2618
2619 /**
2620 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2621 */
2622 $wgUseESI = false;
2623
2624 /**
2625 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2626 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2627 * @since 1.27
2628 */
2629 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2630
2631 /**
2632 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2633 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2634 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2635 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2636 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2637 * HTTP redirects.
2638 */
2639 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2640
2641 /**
2642 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2643 *
2644 * @par Example:
2645 * @code
2646 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2647 * @endcode
2648 */
2649 $wgInternalServer = false;
2650
2651 /**
2652 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2653 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2654 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2655 *
2656 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2657 */
2658 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2659
2660 /**
2661 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2662 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2663 * @since 1.27
2664 */
2665 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2666
2667 /**
2668 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2669 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2670 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2671 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2672 *
2673 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2674 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2675 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2676 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2677 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2678 *
2679 * @since 1.27
2680 */
2681 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2682
2683 /**
2684 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2685 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2686 * @since 1.27
2687 */
2688 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2689
2690 /**
2691 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2692 *
2693 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2694 */
2695 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2696
2697 /**
2698 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2699 *
2700 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2701 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2702 *
2703 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2704 */
2705 $wgSquidServers = [];
2706
2707 /**
2708 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2709 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2710 * CIDR blocks.
2711 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2712 */
2713 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2714
2715 /**
2716 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2717 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2718 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2719 *
2720 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2721 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2722 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2723 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2724 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2725 *
2726 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2727 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2728 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2729 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2730 * reverse).
2731 *
2732 * @since 1.21
2733 */
2734 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2735
2736 /**
2737 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2738 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2739 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2740 *
2741 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2742 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2743 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2744 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2745 *
2746 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2747 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2748 * @code
2749 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2750 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2751 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2752 * 'port' => 4827,
2753 * ],
2754 * '' => [
2755 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2756 * 'port' => 4827,
2757 * ],
2758 * ];
2759 * @endcode
2760 *
2761 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2762 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2763 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2764 *
2765 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2766 * @code
2767 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2768 * '' => [
2769 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2770 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2771 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2772 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2773 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2774 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2775 * ],
2776 * ];
2777 * @endcode
2778 *
2779 * @since 1.22
2780 *
2781 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2782 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2783 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2784 *
2785 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2786 */
2787 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2788
2789 /**
2790 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2791 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2792 */
2793 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2794
2795 /**
2796 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2797 */
2798 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2799
2800 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2801
2802 /************************************************************************//**
2803 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2804 * @{
2805 */
2806
2807 /**
2808 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2809 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2810 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2811 *
2812 * Warning: Don't use language codes listed in $wgDummyLanguageCodes like "no"
2813 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead), or things will break unexpectedly.
2814 *
2815 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2816 * change it in their preferences.
2817 *
2818 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2819 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2820 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2821 */
2822 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2823
2824 /**
2825 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2826 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2827 */
2828 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2829
2830 /**
2831 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2832 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2833 *
2834 * @par Example:
2835 * @code
2836 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2837 * @endcode
2838 */
2839 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2840
2841 /**
2842 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2843 */
2844 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2845
2846 /**
2847 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2848 */
2849 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2850
2851 /**
2852 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2853 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2854 * Notes:
2855 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2856 * map.
2857 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2858 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2859 * this array.
2860 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2861 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2862 * the prefix in this array.
2863 */
2864 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2865
2866 /**
2867 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2868 */
2869 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2870
2871 /**
2872 * List of language codes that don't correspond to an actual language.
2873 * These codes are mostly left-offs from renames, or other legacy things.
2874 * This array makes them not appear as a selectable language on the installer,
2875 * and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2876 */
2877 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [
2878 'als' => 'gsw',
2879 'bat-smg' => 'sgs',
2880 'be-x-old' => 'be-tarask',
2881 'bh' => 'bho',
2882 'fiu-vro' => 'vro',
2883 'no' => 'nb',
2884 'qqq' => 'qqq', # Used for message documentation.
2885 'qqx' => 'qqx', # Used for viewing message keys.
2886 'roa-rup' => 'rup',
2887 'simple' => 'en',
2888 'zh-classical' => 'lzh',
2889 'zh-min-nan' => 'nan',
2890 'zh-yue' => 'yue',
2891 ];
2892
2893 /**
2894 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2895 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2896 * set to "ar".
2897 *
2898 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2899 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2900 */
2901 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2902
2903 /**
2904 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2905 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2906 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2907 * support these characters.
2908 *
2909 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2910 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2911 */
2912 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2913
2914 /**
2915 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2916 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2917 * impact.
2918 *
2919 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2920 * details.
2921 *
2922 * @since 1.17
2923 */
2924 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2925
2926 /**
2927 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2928 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2929 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2930 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2931 *
2932 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2933 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2934 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2935 */
2936 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2937
2938 /**
2939 * Browser Blacklist for unicode non compliant browsers. Contains a list of
2940 * regexps : "/regexp/" matching problematic browsers. These browsers will
2941 * be served encoded unicode in the edit box instead of real unicode.
2942 */
2943 $wgBrowserBlackList = [
2944 /**
2945 * Netscape 2-4 detection
2946 * The minor version may contain strings such as "Gold" or "SGoldC-SGI"
2947 * Lots of non-netscape user agents have "compatible", so it's useful to check for that
2948 * with a negative assertion. The [UIN] identifier specifies the level of security
2949 * in a Netscape/Mozilla browser, checking for it rules out a number of fakers.
2950 * The language string is unreliable, it is missing on NS4 Mac.
2951 *
2952 * Reference: http://www.psychedelix.com/agents/index.shtml
2953 */
2954 '/^Mozilla\/2\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2955 '/^Mozilla\/3\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2956 '/^Mozilla\/4\.[^ ]+ [^(]*?\((?!compatible).*; [UIN]/',
2957
2958 /**
2959 * MSIE on Mac OS 9 is teh sux0r, converts þ to <thorn>, ð to <eth>,
2960 * Þ to <THORN> and Ð to <ETH>
2961 *
2962 * Known useragents:
2963 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.0; Mac_PowerPC)
2964 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.15; Mac_PowerPC)
2965 * - Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 5.23; Mac_PowerPC)
2966 * - [...]
2967 *
2968 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?diff=12356041&oldid=12355864
2969 * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Template%3AOS9
2970 */
2971 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE \d+\.\d+; Mac_PowerPC\)/',
2972
2973 /**
2974 * Google wireless transcoder, seems to eat a lot of chars alive
2975 * https://it.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Luciano_Ligabue&diff=prev&oldid=8857361
2976 */
2977 '/^Mozilla\/4\.0 \(compatible; MSIE 6.0; Windows NT 5.0; Google Wireless Transcoder;\)/'
2978 ];
2979
2980 /**
2981 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2982 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2983 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2984 *
2985 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2986 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2987 * to remain viewable.
2988 *
2989 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2990 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2991 */
2992 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
2993
2994 /**
2995 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
2996 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
2997 */
2998 $wgAmericanDates = false;
2999
3000 /**
3001 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3002 * numerals in interface.
3003 */
3004 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3005
3006 /**
3007 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3008 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3009 */
3010 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3011
3012 /**
3013 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3014 */
3015 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3016
3017 /**
3018 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3019 */
3020 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3021
3022 /**
3023 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3024 */
3025 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3026
3027 /**
3028 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3029 */
3030 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3031
3032 /**
3033 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3034 */
3035 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3036
3037 /**
3038 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3039 *
3040 * @par Example:
3041 * @code
3042 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3043 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3044 * @endcode
3045 */
3046 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3047
3048 /**
3049 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3050 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3051 * language variant.
3052 *
3053 * @par Example:
3054 * @code
3055 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3056 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3057 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3058 * @endcode
3059 *
3060 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3061 *
3062 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3063 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3064 */
3065 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3066
3067 /**
3068 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3069 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3070 * customise these.
3071 */
3072 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3073
3074 /**
3075 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3076 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3077 *
3078 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3079 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3080 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3081 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3082 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3083 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3084 * the default behavior.
3085 *
3086 * @par Example:
3087 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3088 * portal:
3089 * @code
3090 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3091 * @endcode
3092 */
3093 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3094
3095 /**
3096 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3097 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3098 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3099 *
3100 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3101 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3102 *
3103 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3104 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3105 *
3106 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3107 * http://php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3108 *
3109 * @par Examples:
3110 * @code
3111 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3112 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3113 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3114 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3115 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3116 * @endcode
3117 */
3118 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3119
3120 /**
3121 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3122 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3123 *
3124 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3125 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3126 *
3127 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3128 */
3129 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3130
3131 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3132
3133 /*************************************************************************//**
3134 * @name Output format and skin settings
3135 * @{
3136 */
3137
3138 /**
3139 * The default Content-Type header.
3140 */
3141 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3142
3143 /**
3144 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3145 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3146 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3147 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3148 * @deprecated since 1.22
3149 */
3150 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3151
3152 /**
3153 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3154 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3155 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3156 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3157 * @deprecated since 1.22
3158 */
3159 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3160
3161 /**
3162 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3163 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3164 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3165 * to true by Setup.php.
3166 * @deprecated since 1.22
3167 */
3168 $wgHtml5 = true;
3169
3170 /**
3171 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3172 *
3173 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3174 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3175 * See also http://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3176 * @since 1.16
3177 */
3178 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3179
3180 /**
3181 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3182 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3183 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3184 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3185 * @since 1.24
3186 */
3187 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3188
3189 /**
3190 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3191 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3192 * stable and change has been communicated.
3193 * @since 1.24
3194 */
3195 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3196
3197 /**
3198 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3199 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3200 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3201 *
3202 * @since 1.28
3203 */
3204 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3205
3206 /**
3207 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3208 *
3209 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3210 *
3211 * @par Example:
3212 * @code
3213 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3214 * @endcode
3215 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3216 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3217 *
3218 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3219 */
3220 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3221
3222 /**
3223 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3224 *
3225 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3226 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3227 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3228 */
3229 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3230
3231 /**
3232 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3233 */
3234 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3235
3236 /**
3237 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3238 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3239 */
3240 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3241
3242 /**
3243 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3244 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3245 */
3246 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3247
3248 /**
3249 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3250 *
3251 * @since 1.24
3252 */
3253 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3254
3255 /**
3256 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3257 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3258 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3259 */
3260 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3261
3262 /**
3263 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3264 */
3265 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3266
3267 /**
3268 * Allow user Javascript page?
3269 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3270 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3271 */
3272 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3273
3274 /**
3275 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3276 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3277 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3278 */
3279 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3280
3281 /**
3282 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3283 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3284 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3285 */
3286 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3287
3288 /**
3289 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3290 */
3291 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3292
3293 /**
3294 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3295 */
3296 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3297
3298 /**
3299 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3300 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3301 */
3302 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3303
3304 /**
3305 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3306 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3307 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3308 *
3309 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3310 *
3311 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3312 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3313 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3314 *
3315 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3316 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3317 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3318 * recommended.
3319 *
3320 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3321 * not just edit pages.
3322 */
3323 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3324
3325 /**
3326 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3327 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3328 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3329 * Options are:
3330 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3331 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3332 * - false: Allow all framing.
3333 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3334 */
3335 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3336
3337 /**
3338 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3339 */
3340 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3341
3342 /**
3343 * Should we allow a broader set of characters in id attributes, per HTML5? If
3344 * not, use only HTML 4-compatible IDs. This option is for testing -- when the
3345 * functionality is ready, it will be on by default with no option.
3346 *
3347 * Currently this appears to work fine in all browsers, but it's disabled by
3348 * default because it normalizes id's a bit too aggressively, breaking preexisting
3349 * content (particularly Cite). See bug 27733, bug 27694, bug 27474.
3350 */
3351 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3352
3353 /**
3354 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3355 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3356 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3357 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3358 *
3359 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3360 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3361 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3362 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3363 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3364 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3365 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3366 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3367 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3368 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3369 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3370 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3371 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3372 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3373 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3374 * not be outputted
3375 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3376 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3377 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3378 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3379 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3380 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3381 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3382 */
3383 $wgFooterIcons = [
3384 "copyright" => [
3385 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3386 ],
3387 "poweredby" => [
3388 "mediawiki" => [
3389 // Defaults to point at
3390 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3391 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3392 "src" => null,
3393 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3394 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3395 ]
3396 ],
3397 ];
3398
3399 /**
3400 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3401 * to create an account.
3402 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3403 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3404 */
3405 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3406
3407 /**
3408 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3409 */
3410 $wgEdititis = false;
3411
3412 /**
3413 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3414 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3415 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3416 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3417 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3418 *
3419 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3420 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3421 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3422 */
3423 $wgSend404Code = true;
3424
3425 /**
3426 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3427 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3428 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3429 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3430 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3431 *
3432 * @since 1.20
3433 */
3434 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3435
3436 /**
3437 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3438 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3439 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3440 * unconditionally.
3441 */
3442 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3443
3444 /**
3445 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3446 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3447 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3448 * the domain root.
3449 *
3450 * @since 1.25
3451 */
3452 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3453
3454 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3455
3456 /*************************************************************************//**
3457 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3458 * @{
3459 */
3460
3461 /**
3462 * Client-side resource modules.
3463 *
3464 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3465 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3466 *
3467 * @par Example:
3468 * @code
3469 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3470 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3471 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3472 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3473 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3474 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3475 * ];
3476 * @endcode
3477 */
3478 $wgResourceModules = [];
3479
3480 /**
3481 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3482 *
3483 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3484 * not be modified or disabled.
3485 *
3486 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3487 *
3488 * @par Example:
3489 * @code
3490 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3491 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3492 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3493 * ];
3494 *
3495 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3496 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3497 * ];
3498 * @endcode
3499 *
3500 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3501 *
3502 * @par Equivalent:
3503 * @code
3504 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3505 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3506 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3507 * 'skinStyles' => [
3508 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3509 * ],
3510 * ];
3511 * @endcode
3512 *
3513 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3514 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3515 *
3516 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3517 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3518 *
3519 * @par Example:
3520 * @code
3521 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3522 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3523 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3524 * 'skinStyles' => [
3525 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3526 * ],
3527 * ];
3528 * // Note the '+' character:
3529 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3530 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3531 * ];
3532 * @endcode
3533 *
3534 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3535 *
3536 * @par Equivalent:
3537 * @code
3538 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3539 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3540 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3541 * 'skinStyles' => [
3542 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3543 * 'foo' => [
3544 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3545 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3546 * ],
3547 * ],
3548 * ];
3549 * @endcode
3550 *
3551 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3552 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3553 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3554 *
3555 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3556 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3557 *
3558 * @par Example:
3559 * @code
3560 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3561 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3562 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3563 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3564 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3565 * ];
3566 * @endcode
3567 */
3568 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3569
3570 /**
3571 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3572 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3573 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3574 *
3575 * @par Example:
3576 * @code
3577 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3578 * @endcode
3579 */
3580 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3581
3582 /**
3583 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3584 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3585 */
3586 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3587
3588 /**
3589 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3590 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3591 *
3592 * Following options to distinguish:
3593 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3594 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3595 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3596 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3597 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3598 *
3599 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3600 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3601 * client and MediaWiki.
3602 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3603 */
3604 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3605 'versioned' => [
3606 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3607 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3608 ],
3609 'unversioned' => [
3610 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3611 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3612 ],
3613 ];
3614
3615 /**
3616 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3617 *
3618 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3619 */
3620 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3621
3622 /**
3623 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3624 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3625 *
3626 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3627 */
3628 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3629
3630 /**
3631 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3632 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3633 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3634 *
3635 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3636 */
3637 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3638
3639 /**
3640 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3641 *
3642 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3643 */
3644 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3645
3646 /**
3647 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3648 *
3649 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3650 * work.
3651 *
3652 * @par Example of legacy code:
3653 * @code{,js}
3654 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3655 * @endcode
3656 * or:
3657 * @code{,js}
3658 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3659 * @endcode
3660 *
3661 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3662 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3663 * @code{,js}
3664 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3665 * @endcode
3666 * or:
3667 * @code{,js}
3668 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3669 * @endcode
3670 */
3671 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3672
3673 /**
3674 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3675 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3676 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3677 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3678 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3679 * that you can't increase.
3680 *
3681 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3682 * string length limit.
3683 *
3684 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3685 */
3686 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3687
3688 /**
3689 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3690 * prior to minification to validate it.
3691 *
3692 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3693 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3694 */
3695 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3696
3697 /**
3698 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3699 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3700 *
3701 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3702 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3703 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3704 */
3705 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3706
3707 /**
3708 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3709 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3710 *
3711 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3712 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3713 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3714 *
3715 * Changes to LESS variables do not trigger cache invalidation.
3716 *
3717 * If the LESS variables need to be dynamic, you can use the
3718 * ResourceLoaderGetLessVars hook (since 1.25).
3719 *
3720 * @par Example:
3721 * @code
3722 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3723 * 'baseFontSize' => '1em',
3724 * 'smallFontSize' => '0.75em',
3725 * 'WikimediaBlue' => '#006699',
3726 * ];
3727 * @endcode
3728 * @since 1.22
3729 */
3730 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3731 /**
3732 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3733 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3734 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3735 * @since 1.27
3736 */
3737 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3738 ];
3739
3740 /**
3741 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3742 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3743 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3744 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3745 *
3746 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3747 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3748 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3749 * files from its own tree.
3750 *
3751 * @since 1.22
3752 */
3753 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3754 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3755 ];
3756
3757 /**
3758 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3759 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3760 */
3761 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3762
3763 /**
3764 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3765 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3766 *
3767 * @since 1.23
3768 */
3769 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3770
3771 /**
3772 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3773 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3774 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3775 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3776 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3777 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3778 * from the rest of the site.
3779 *
3780 * @since 1.25
3781 */
3782 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3783
3784 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3785
3786 /*************************************************************************//**
3787 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3788 * @{
3789 */
3790
3791 /**
3792 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3793 * used instead.
3794 */
3795 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3796
3797 /**
3798 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3799 *
3800 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3801 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3802 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3803 */
3804 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3805
3806 /**
3807 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3808 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3809 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3810 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3811 * hook or extension.json.
3812 *
3813 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3814 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3815 * the new namespace name.
3816 *
3817 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3818 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3819 *
3820 * @par Example:
3821 * @code
3822 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3823 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3824 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3825 * 102 => "Aide",
3826 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3827 * ];
3828 * @endcode
3829 *
3830 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3831 */
3832 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3833
3834 /**
3835 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3836 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3837 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3838 * @since 1.18
3839 */
3840 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3841
3842 /**
3843 * Namespace aliases.
3844 *
3845 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3846 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3847 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3848 * name.
3849 *
3850 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3851 *
3852 * @par Example:
3853 * @code
3854 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3855 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3856 * 'Help' => 100,
3857 * ];
3858 * @endcode
3859 */
3860 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3861
3862 /**
3863 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3864 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3865 *
3866 * Problematic punctuation:
3867 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3868 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3869 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3870 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3871 * corrupted by apache
3872 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3873 *
3874 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3875 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3876 *
3877 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3878 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3879 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3880 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3881 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3882 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3883 *
3884 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3885 *
3886 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3887 * this breaks interlanguage links
3888 */
3889 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3890
3891 /**
3892 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3893 *
3894 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3895 */
3896 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3897
3898 /**
3899 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3900 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3901 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3902 *
3903 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3904 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3905 */
3906 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3907
3908 /**
3909 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3910 */
3911 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3912
3913 /**
3914 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3915 * @{
3916 */
3917
3918 /**
3919 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3920 * database (.cdb) file.
3921 *
3922 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3923 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3924 * formats such as the following:
3925 *
3926 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3927 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3928 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3929 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3930 *
3931 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3932 * data layout.
3933 *
3934 * @var bool|array|string
3935 */
3936 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3937
3938 /**
3939 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3940 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3941 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3942 * - 3: site levels
3943 */
3944 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3945
3946 /**
3947 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3948 */
3949 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
3950
3951 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
3952
3953 /**
3954 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
3955 * @{
3956 */
3957
3958 /**
3959 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
3960 */
3961 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
3962
3963 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
3964
3965 /**
3966 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
3967 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
3968 * as 'redirected from' links.
3969 *
3970 * @par Example:
3971 * It might look something like this:
3972 * @code
3973 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
3974 * @endcode
3975 *
3976 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
3977 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
3978 * the URL.
3979 */
3980 $wgRedirectSources = false;
3981
3982 /**
3983 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
3984 *
3985 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
3986 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
3987 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
3988 */
3989 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
3990
3991 /**
3992 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
3993 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
3994 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
3995 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
3996 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
3997 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
3998 * NS_FILE.
3999 *
4000 * @par Example:
4001 * @code
4002 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4003 * @endcode
4004 */
4005 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4006
4007 /**
4008 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4009 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4010 */
4011 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4012 NS_TALK => true,
4013 NS_USER => true,
4014 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4015 NS_PROJECT => true,
4016 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4017 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4018 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4019 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4020 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4021 NS_HELP => true,
4022 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4023 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4024 ];
4025
4026 /**
4027 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4028 *
4029 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4030 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4031 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4032 *
4033 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4034 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4035 *
4036 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4037 * the new extension registration system.
4038 *
4039 * @since 1.23
4040 */
4041 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4042
4043 /**
4044 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4045 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4046 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4047 * number of articles in the wiki.
4048 */
4049 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4050
4051 /**
4052 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4053 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4054 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4055 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4056 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4057 */
4058 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4059
4060 /**
4061 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4062 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4063 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4064 */
4065 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4066
4067 /**
4068 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4069 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4070 * will make the redirect fail.
4071 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4072 * (bug 10569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4073 *
4074 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4075 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4076 */
4077 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4078
4079 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4080
4081 /************************************************************************//**
4082 * @name Parser settings
4083 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4084 * @{
4085 */
4086
4087 /**
4088 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4089 *
4090 * class The class name
4091 *
4092 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4093 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4094 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4095 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4096 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4097 *
4098 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4099 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4100 *
4101 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4102 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4103 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4104 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4105 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4106 * an extension setup function.
4107 */
4108 $wgParserConf = [
4109 'class' => 'Parser',
4110 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4111 ];
4112
4113 /**
4114 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4115 */
4116 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4117
4118 /**
4119 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4120 * by PPFrame::expand()
4121 */
4122 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4123
4124 /**
4125 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4126 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4127 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4128 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4129 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4130 *
4131 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4132 */
4133 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4137 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4138 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4139 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4140 */
4141 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4142
4143 /**
4144 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4145 */
4146 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4147
4148 /**
4149 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4150 *
4151 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4152 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4153 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See bug #44011 for
4154 * more information.
4155 *
4156 * @see wfParseUrl
4157 */
4158 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4159 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4160 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4161 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4162 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4163 ];
4164
4165 /**
4166 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4167 */
4168 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4169
4170 /**
4171 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4172 */
4173 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4174
4175 /**
4176 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4177 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4178 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4179 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4180 *
4181 * @par Examples:
4182 * @code
4183 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4184 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4185 * @endcode
4186 */
4187 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4188
4189 /**
4190 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4191 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4192 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4193 * The image will be displayed.
4194 *
4195 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4196 * Or false to disable it
4197 */
4198 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4199
4200 /**
4201 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4202 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4203 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4204 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4205 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4206 * sites they control.
4207 */
4208 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4209
4210 /**
4211 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4212 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4213 * used. See http://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4214 *
4215 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4216 * parameters will be used instead.
4217 *
4218 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4219 *
4220 * Keys are:
4221 * - driver: May be:
4222 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4223 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4224 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4225 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4226 * - Html5Internal: Use the built-in HTML5 balancer
4227 *
4228 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4229 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4230 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4231 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4232 */
4233 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4234
4235 /**
4236 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4237 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4238 */
4239 $wgUseTidy = false;
4240
4241 /**
4242 * The path to the tidy binary.
4243 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4244 */
4245 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4246
4247 /**
4248 * The path to the tidy config file
4249 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4250 */
4251 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4252
4253 /**
4254 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4255 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4256 */
4257 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4258
4259 /**
4260 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4261 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4262 */
4263 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4264
4265 /**
4266 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4267 * Only works for internal tidy.
4268 */
4269 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4270
4271 /**
4272 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4273 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4274 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4275 */
4276 $wgRawHtml = false;
4277
4278 /**
4279 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4280 *
4281 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4282 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4283 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4284 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4285 * to some of your users.
4286 */
4287 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4288
4289 /**
4290 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4291 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4292 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4293 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4294 */
4295 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4296
4297 /**
4298 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4299 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4300 */
4301 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4302
4303 /**
4304 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4305 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4306 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4307 *
4308 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4309 *
4310 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4311 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4312 * etc.
4313 *
4314 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4315 */
4316 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4317
4318 /**
4319 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4320 */
4321 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4322
4323 /**
4324 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4325 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4326 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4327 */
4328 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4329
4330 /**
4331 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4332 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4333 */
4334 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4335
4336 /**
4337 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4338 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4339 */
4340 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4341
4342 /**
4343 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4344 */
4345 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4346
4347 /**
4348 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4349 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4350 */
4351 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4352
4353 /**
4354 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4355 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4356 *
4357 * @since 1.28
4358 */
4359 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4360 'ISBN' => true,
4361 'PMID' => true,
4362 'RFC' => true
4363 ];
4364
4365 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4366
4367 /************************************************************************//**
4368 * @name Statistics
4369 * @{
4370 */
4371
4372 /**
4373 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4374 * as a valid article.
4375 *
4376 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4377 *
4378 * This variable can have the following values:
4379 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4380 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4381 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4382 *
4383 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4384 *
4385 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4386 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4387 * script.
4388 */
4389 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4390
4391 /**
4392 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4393 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4394 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4395 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4396 * numbers between different wikis.
4397 */
4398 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4399
4400 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4401
4402 /************************************************************************//**
4403 * @name User accounts, authentication
4404 * @{
4405 */
4406
4407 /**
4408 * Central ID lookup providers
4409 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4410 * @since 1.27
4411 */
4412 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4413 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4414 ];
4415
4416 /**
4417 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4418 * @var string
4419 */
4420 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4421
4422 /**
4423 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4424 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4425 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4426 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4427 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4428 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4429 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4430 * Statements:
4431 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4432 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4433 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4434 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4435 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4436 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4437 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4438 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4439 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4440 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4441 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4442 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4443 * @since 1.26
4444 */
4445 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4446 'policies' => [
4447 'bureaucrat' => [
4448 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4449 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4450 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4451 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4452 ],
4453 'sysop' => [
4454 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4455 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4456 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4457 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4458 ],
4459 'bot' => [
4460 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4461 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4462 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4463 ],
4464 'default' => [
4465 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4466 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4467 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4468 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4469 ],
4470 ],
4471 'checks' => [
4472 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4473 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4474 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4475 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4476 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4477 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4478 ],
4479 ];
4480
4481 /**
4482 * Configure AuthManager
4483 *
4484 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4485 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4486 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4487 * (default is 0).
4488 *
4489 * Elements are:
4490 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4491 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4492 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4493 *
4494 * @since 1.27
4495 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4496 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4497 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4498 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4499 */
4500 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4501
4502 /**
4503 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4504 * @since 1.27
4505 */
4506 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4507 'preauth' => [
4508 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4509 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4510 'sort' => 0,
4511 ],
4512 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4513 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4514 'sort' => 0,
4515 ],
4516 ],
4517 'primaryauth' => [
4518 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4519 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4520 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4521 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4522 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4523 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4524 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4525 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4526 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4527 'args' => [ [
4528 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4529 'authoritative' => false,
4530 ] ],
4531 'sort' => 0,
4532 ],
4533 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4534 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4535 'args' => [ [
4536 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4537 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4538 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4539 // password") if it too fails.
4540 'authoritative' => true,
4541 ] ],
4542 'sort' => 100,
4543 ],
4544 ],
4545 'secondaryauth' => [
4546 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4547 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4548 'sort' => 0,
4549 ],
4550 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4551 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4552 'sort' => 100,
4553 ],
4554 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4555 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4556 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4557 // 'sort' => 100,
4558 // ],
4559 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4560 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4561 'sort' => 200,
4562 ],
4563 ],
4564 ];
4565
4566 /**
4567 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4568 *
4569 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4570 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4571 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4572 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4573 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4574 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4575 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4576 * that needs to do this.
4577 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4578 * the last X seconds.
4579 * - Come up with a third option.
4580 *
4581 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4582 * "X seconds".
4583 *
4584 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4585 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4586 * - LinkAccounts
4587 * - UnlinkAccount
4588 * - ChangeCredentials
4589 * - RemoveCredentials
4590 * - ChangeEmail
4591 *
4592 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4593 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4594 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4595 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4596 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4597 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4598 *
4599 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4600 *
4601 * @since 1.27
4602 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4603 */
4604 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4605 'default' => 300,
4606 ];
4607
4608 /**
4609 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4610 *
4611 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4612 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4613 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4614 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4615 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4616 *
4617 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4618 *
4619 * @since 1.27
4620 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4621 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4622 */
4623 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4624 'default' => true,
4625 ];
4626
4627 /**
4628 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4629 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4630 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4631 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4632 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4633 * @since 1.27
4634 * @var string[]
4635 */
4636 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4637 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4638 ];
4639
4640 /**
4641 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4642 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4643 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4644 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4645 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4646 * @since 1.27
4647 * @var string[]
4648 */
4649 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4650 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4651 ];
4652
4653 /**
4654 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4655 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4656 */
4657 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4658
4659 /**
4660 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4661 * words are allowed.
4662 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4663 */
4664 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4665
4666 /**
4667 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4668 *
4669 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4670 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4671 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4672 *
4673 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4674 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4675 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4676 */
4677 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4678
4679 /**
4680 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4681 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4682 * @since 1.23
4683 */
4684 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4685
4686 /**
4687 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4688 *
4689 * @since 1.24
4690 */
4691 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4692
4693 /**
4694 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4695 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4696 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4697 *
4698 * An advanced example:
4699 * @code
4700 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4701 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4702 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4703 * 'secrets' => [],
4704 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4705 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4706 * 'cost' => 5,
4707 * ];
4708 * @endcode
4709 *
4710 * @since 1.24
4711 */
4712 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4713 'A' => [
4714 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4715 ],
4716 'B' => [
4717 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4718 ],
4719 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4720 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4721 'types' => [
4722 'A',
4723 'pbkdf2',
4724 ],
4725 ],
4726 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4727 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4728 'types' => [
4729 'B',
4730 'pbkdf2',
4731 ],
4732 ],
4733 'bcrypt' => [
4734 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4735 'cost' => 9,
4736 ],
4737 'pbkdf2' => [
4738 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4739 'algo' => 'sha512',
4740 'cost' => '30000',
4741 'length' => '64',
4742 ],
4743 ];
4744
4745 /**
4746 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4747 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4748 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4749 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4750 */
4751 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4752 'username' => true,
4753 'email' => true,
4754 ];
4755
4756 /**
4757 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4758 */
4759 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4760
4761 /**
4762 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4763 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4764 */
4765 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4766
4767 /**
4768 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4769 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4770 */
4771 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4772 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4773 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4774 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4775 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4776 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4777 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4778 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4779 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4780 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4781 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4782 ];
4783
4784 /**
4785 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4786 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4787 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4788 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4789 */
4790 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4791 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4792 'cols' => 80,
4793 'date' => 'default',
4794 'diffonly' => 0,
4795 'disablemail' => 0,
4796 'editfont' => 'default',
4797 'editondblclick' => 0,
4798 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4799 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4800 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4801 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4802 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4803 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4804 'fancysig' => 0,
4805 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4806 'gender' => 'unknown',
4807 'hideminor' => 0,
4808 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4809 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4810 'imagesize' => 2,
4811 'math' => 1,
4812 'minordefault' => 0,
4813 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4814 'nickname' => '',
4815 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4816 'numberheadings' => 0,
4817 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4818 'previewontop' => 1,
4819 'rcdays' => 7,
4820 'rclimit' => 50,
4821 'rows' => 25,
4822 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4823 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4824 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4825 'skin' => false,
4826 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4827 'thumbsize' => 5,
4828 'underline' => 2,
4829 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4830 'usenewrc' => 1,
4831 'watchcreations' => 1,
4832 'watchdefault' => 1,
4833 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4834 'watchuploads' => 1,
4835 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4836 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4837 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4838 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4839 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4840 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4841 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4842 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4843 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4844 'watchmoves' => 0,
4845 'watchrollback' => 0,
4846 'wllimit' => 250,
4847 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4848 'prefershttps' => 1,
4849 ];
4850
4851 /**
4852 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4853 */
4854 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4855
4856 /**
4857 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4858 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4859 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4860 */
4861 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4862
4863 /**
4864 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4865 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4866 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4867 *
4868 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4869 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4870 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4871 */
4872 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4873
4874 /**
4875 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4876 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4877 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4878 * @since 1.17
4879 */
4880 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4881
4882 /**
4883 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4884 *
4885 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4886 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4887 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4888 *
4889 * @since 1.27
4890 * @var string|null
4891 */
4892 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4893
4894 /**
4895 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4896 *
4897 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4898 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4899 *
4900 * @since 1.27
4901 */
4902 $wgSessionProviders = [
4903 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4904 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4905 'args' => [ [
4906 'priority' => 30,
4907 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4908 ] ],
4909 ],
4910 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4911 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4912 'args' => [ [
4913 'priority' => 75,
4914 ] ],
4915 ],
4916 ];
4917
4918 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4919
4920 /************************************************************************//**
4921 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4922 * @{
4923 */
4924
4925 /**
4926 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4927 */
4928 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4929
4930 /**
4931 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4932 */
4933 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4934
4935 /**
4936 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
4937 */
4938 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
4939
4940 /**
4941 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
4942 *
4943 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
4944 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
4945 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
4946 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
4947 *
4948 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
4949 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
4950 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
4951 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
4952 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
4953 */
4954 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
4955 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
4956 'IPv6' => 19,
4957 ];
4958
4959 /**
4960 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
4961 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
4962 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
4963 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
4964 * anonymous visitors.
4965 */
4966 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
4967
4968 /**
4969 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
4970 *
4971 * @par Example:
4972 * @code
4973 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
4974 * @endcode
4975 *
4976 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
4977 *
4978 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
4979 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
4980 *
4981 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
4982 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
4983 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
4984 */
4985 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
4986
4987 /**
4988 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
4989 *
4990 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
4991 * is without underscore.
4992 *
4993 * @par Example:
4994 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
4995 * @code
4996 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
4997 * @endcode
4998 *
4999 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5000 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5001 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5002 *
5003 * @par Example:
5004 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5005 * @code
5006 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5007 * @endcode
5008 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5009 *
5010 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5011 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5012 */
5013 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5014
5015 /**
5016 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5017 * address before being allowed to edit?
5018 */
5019 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5020
5021 /**
5022 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5023 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5024 */
5025 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5026
5027 /**
5028 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5029 *
5030 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5031 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5032 *
5033 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5034 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5035 *
5036 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5037 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5038 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5039 * in in the user_groups table.
5040 *
5041 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5042 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5043 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5044 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5045 *
5046 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5047 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5048 *
5049 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5050 */
5051 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5052
5053 /** @cond file_level_code */
5054 // Implicit group for all visitors
5055 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5056 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5057 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5058 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5059 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5060 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5061 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5062 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5063 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5064 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5065 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5066 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5067 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5068 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5069
5070 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5071 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5072 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5073 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5074 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5075 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5076 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5077 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5078 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5079 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5080 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5081 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5082 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5083 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5084 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5085 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5086 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5087 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5088 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5089 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5090
5091 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5092 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5093 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5094
5095 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5096 // from various log pages by default
5097 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5098 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5099 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5100 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5101 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5102 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5103 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5104 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5105
5106 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5107 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5108 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5109 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5110 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5111 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5112 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5113 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5114 // can view deleted revision text
5115 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5116 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5117 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5118 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5119 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5120 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5121 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5122 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5136 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5137 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5138 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5146 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5147 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5151
5152 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5155 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5156 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5157 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5158 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5159
5160 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5161 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5162 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5163 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5164 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5165 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5166 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5167 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5168 // For private suppression log access
5169 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5170
5171 /**
5172 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5173 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5174 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5175 * server.
5176 */
5177 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5178
5179 /** @endcond */
5180
5181 /**
5182 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5183 *
5184 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5185 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5186 *
5187 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5188 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5189 */
5190 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5191
5192 /**
5193 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5194 */
5195 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5196
5197 /**
5198 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5199 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5200 *
5201 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5202 * group".
5203 *
5204 * @par Example:
5205 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5206 * @code
5207 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5208 * @endcode
5209 *
5210 * @par Example:
5211 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5212 * @code
5213 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5214 * @endcode
5215 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5216 * any group that they happen to be in.
5217 */
5218 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5219
5220 /**
5221 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5222 */
5223 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5224
5225 /**
5226 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5227 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5228 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5229 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5230 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5231 */
5232 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5233
5234 /**
5235 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5236 *
5237 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5238 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5239 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5240 *
5241 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5242 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5243 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5244 */
5245 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5246
5247 /**
5248 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5249 *
5250 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5251 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5252 *
5253 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5254 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5255 */
5256 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5257
5258 /**
5259 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5260 *
5261 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5262 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5263 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5264 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5265 * "semiprotected".
5266 *
5267 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5268 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5269 */
5270 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5271
5272 /**
5273 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5274 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5275 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5276 *
5277 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5278 */
5279 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5280
5281 /**
5282 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5283 *
5284 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5285 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5286 *
5287 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5288 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5289 */
5290 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5291
5292 /**
5293 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5294 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5295 * privileges of new accounts.
5296 *
5297 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5298 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5299 *
5300 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5301 *
5302 * @par Example:
5303 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5304 * @code
5305 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5306 * @endcode
5307 * Set age to one day:
5308 * @code
5309 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5310 * @endcode
5311 */
5312 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5313
5314 /**
5315 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5316 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5317 *
5318 * @par Example:
5319 * @code
5320 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5321 * @endcode
5322 */
5323 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5324
5325 /**
5326 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5327 *
5328 * @todo Redocument $wgAutopromote
5329 *
5330 * The format is
5331 * [ '&' or '|' or '^' or '!', cond1, cond2, ... ]
5332 * where cond1, cond2, ... are themselves conditions; *OR*
5333 * APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED, *OR*
5334 * [ APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ], *OR*
5335 * [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ], *OR*
5336 * [ APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ], *OR*
5337 * [ APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ], *OR*
5338 * [ APCOND_ISIP, ip ], *OR*
5339 * [ APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ], *OR*
5340 * [ APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ], *OR*
5341 * [ APCOND_BLOCKED ], *OR*
5342 * [ APCOND_ISBOT ], *OR*
5343 * similar constructs defined by extensions.
5344 *
5345 * If $wgEmailAuthentication is off, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5346 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5347 */
5348 $wgAutopromote = [
5349 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5350 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5351 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5352 ],
5353 ];
5354
5355 /**
5356 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5357 *
5358 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5359 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5360 *
5361 * The format is:
5362 * @code
5363 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5364 * @endcode
5365 * Where event is either:
5366 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5367 *
5368 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5369 *
5370 * @see $wgAutopromote
5371 * @since 1.18
5372 */
5373 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5374 'onEdit' => [],
5375 ];
5376
5377 /**
5378 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5379 * @since 1.18
5380 */
5381 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5382
5383 /**
5384 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5385 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5386 *
5387 * @par Example:
5388 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5389 * @code
5390 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5391 * @endcode
5392 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5393 * @code
5394 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5395 * @endcode
5396 * Sysops can make bots:
5397 * @code
5398 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5399 * @endcode
5400 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5401 * @code
5402 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5403 * @endcode
5404 */
5405 $wgAddGroups = [];
5406
5407 /**
5408 * @see $wgAddGroups
5409 */
5410 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5411
5412 /**
5413 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5414 * For extensions only.
5415 */
5416 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5417
5418 /**
5419 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5420 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5421 */
5422 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5423
5424 /**
5425 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5426 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5427 * This is limited for performance reason.
5428 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5429 * @since 1.23
5430 */
5431 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5432
5433 /**
5434 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5435 *
5436 * @par Example:
5437 * @code
5438 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5439 * // no more than 100 per month
5440 * [
5441 * 'count' => 100,
5442 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5443 * ],
5444 * // no more than 10 per day
5445 * [
5446 * 'count' => 10,
5447 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5448 * ],
5449 * ];
5450 * @endcode
5451 *
5452 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5453 */
5454 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5455 'count' => 0,
5456 'seconds' => 86400,
5457 ] ];
5458
5459 /**
5460 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5461 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5462 *
5463 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5464 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5465 *
5466 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5467 *
5468 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5469 */
5470 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5471
5472 /**
5473 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5474 */
5475 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5476
5477 /**
5478 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5479 * proxies
5480 * @since 1.16
5481 */
5482 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5483
5484 /**
5485 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5486 *
5487 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5488 * the blacklist require a key).
5489 *
5490 * @par Example:
5491 * @code
5492 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5493 * // String containing URL
5494 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5495 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5496 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5497 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5498 * // just use a string as shown above
5499 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5500 * ];
5501 * @endcode
5502 *
5503 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5504 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5505 * @since 1.16
5506 */
5507 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5508
5509 /**
5510 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5511 * what the other methods might say.
5512 */
5513 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5514
5515 /**
5516 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5517 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5518 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5519 */
5520 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5521
5522 /**
5523 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5524 *
5525 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5526 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5527 * elapses.
5528 *
5529 * @par Example:
5530 * To set a generic maximum of 4 hits in 60 seconds:
5531 * @code
5532 * $wgRateLimits = [ 4, 60 ];
5533 * @endcode
5534 *
5535 * @par Example:
5536 * You could also limit per action and then type of users.
5537 * @code
5538 * $wgRateLimits = [
5539 * 'edit' => [
5540 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5541 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5542 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5543 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5544 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5545 * ]
5546 * ]
5547 * @endcode
5548 *
5549 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5550 */
5551 $wgRateLimits = [
5552 // Page edits
5553 'edit' => [
5554 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5555 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5556 ],
5557 // Page moves
5558 'move' => [
5559 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5560 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5561 ],
5562 // File uploads
5563 'upload' => [
5564 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5565 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5566 ],
5567 // Page rollbacks
5568 'rollback' => [
5569 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5570 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5571 ],
5572 // Triggering password resets emails
5573 'mailpassword' => [
5574 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5575 ],
5576 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5577 'emailuser' => [
5578 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5579 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5580 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5581 ],
5582 // Purging pages
5583 'purge' => [
5584 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5585 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5586 ],
5587 // Purges of link tables
5588 'linkpurge' => [
5589 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5590 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5591 ],
5592 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5593 'renderfile' => [
5594 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5595 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5596 ],
5597 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5598 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5599 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5600 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5601 ],
5602 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5603 'stashedit' => [
5604 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5605 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5606 ],
5607 // Adding or removing change tags
5608 'changetag' => [
5609 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5610 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5611 ],
5612 // Changing the content model of a page
5613 'editcontentmodel' => [
5614 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5615 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5616 ],
5617 ];
5618
5619 /**
5620 * Array of IPs which should be excluded from rate limits.
5621 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5622 */
5623 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5624
5625 /**
5626 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5627 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5628 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5629 */
5630 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5631
5632 /**
5633 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5634 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5635 */
5636 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5637
5638 /**
5639 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5640 *
5641 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5642 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5643 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5644 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5645 *
5646 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5647 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5648 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5649 */
5650 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5651 // Short term limit
5652 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5653 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5654 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5655 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5656 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60*60*48 ],
5657 ];
5658
5659 /**
5660 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5661 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5662 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5663 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5664 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5665 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5666 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5667 * @since 1.27
5668 */
5669 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5670
5671 // @TODO: clean up grants
5672 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5673
5674 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5675 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5676 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5677 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5678 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5679 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5680 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5681 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5682 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5683 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5684
5685 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5686 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5687 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5688 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5689
5690 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5691 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5692 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5693 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5694
5695 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5696 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5697
5698 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5699 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5700 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5701
5702 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5703
5704 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5705 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5706 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5707 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5708
5709 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5710 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5711 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5712 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5713 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5714 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5715 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5716
5717 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5718 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5719
5720 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5721 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5722 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5723 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5724 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5725 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5726
5727 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5728
5729 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5730
5731 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5732 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5733
5734 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5735 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5736 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5737
5738 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5739 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5740 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5741 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5742 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5743 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5744 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5745
5746 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5747 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5748
5749 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5750
5751 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5752
5753 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5754
5755 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5756
5757 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5758
5759 /**
5760 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5761 * @since 1.27
5762 */
5763 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5764 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5765 'basic' => 'hidden',
5766
5767 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5768 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5769 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5770 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5771
5772 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5773 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5774
5775 'sendemail' => 'email',
5776
5777 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5778 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5779
5780 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5781 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5782
5783 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5784 'rollback' => 'administration',
5785 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5786 'delete' => 'administration',
5787 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5788 'protect' => 'administration',
5789 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5790
5791 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5792
5793 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5794 ];
5795
5796 /**
5797 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5798 * @since 1.27
5799 */
5800 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5801
5802 /**
5803 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5804 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5805 * @since 1.27
5806 */
5807 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5808
5809 /**
5810 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5811 *
5812 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5813 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5814 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5815 * @since 1.27
5816 */
5817 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5818
5819 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5820
5821 /************************************************************************//**
5822 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5823 * @{
5824 */
5825
5826 /**
5827 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5828 */
5829 $wgSecretKey = false;
5830
5831 /**
5832 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5833 *
5834 * This can have the following formats:
5835 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5836 * or the keys (for backward compatibility)
5837 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5838 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5839 */
5840 $wgProxyList = [];
5841
5842 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5843
5844 /************************************************************************//**
5845 * @name Cookie settings
5846 * @{
5847 */
5848
5849 /**
5850 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5851 */
5852 $wgCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5853
5854 /**
5855 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5856 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5857 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5858 * login cookies session-only.
5859 */
5860 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = null;
5861
5862 /**
5863 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5864 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5865 */
5866 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5867
5868 /**
5869 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5870 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5871 */
5872 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5873
5874 /**
5875 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5876 * - true: Set secure flag
5877 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5878 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5879 */
5880 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
5881
5882 /**
5883 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
5884 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
5885 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
5886 * check.
5887 */
5888 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
5889
5890 /**
5891 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
5892 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
5893 * name to be used as a prefix.
5894 */
5895 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
5896
5897 /**
5898 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
5899 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
5900 * XSS attack.
5901 */
5902 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
5903
5904 /**
5905 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
5906 */
5907 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
5908
5909 /**
5910 * Override to customise the session name
5911 */
5912 $wgSessionName = false;
5913
5914 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
5915
5916 /************************************************************************//**
5917 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
5918 * @{
5919 */
5920
5921 /**
5922 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
5923 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
5924 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
5925 * Please see math/README for more information.
5926 */
5927 $wgUseTeX = false;
5928
5929 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
5930
5931 /************************************************************************//**
5932 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
5933 *
5934 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
5935 *
5936 * @{
5937 */
5938
5939 /**
5940 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
5941 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
5942 * may contain private data.
5943 */
5944 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
5945
5946 /**
5947 * Prefix for debug log lines
5948 */
5949 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
5950
5951 /**
5952 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
5953 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
5954 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
5955 */
5956 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
5957
5958 /**
5959 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
5960 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
5961 * and gen=js requests.
5962 */
5963 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
5964
5965 /**
5966 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
5967 *
5968 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
5969 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
5970 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
5971 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
5972 */
5973 $wgDebugComments = false;
5974
5975 /**
5976 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
5977 *
5978 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
5979 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
5980 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
5981 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
5982 */
5983 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
5984
5985 /**
5986 * Performance expectations for DB usage
5987 *
5988 * @since 1.26
5989 */
5990 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
5991 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
5992 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
5993 'GET' => [
5994 'masterConns' => 0,
5995 'writes' => 0,
5996 'readQueryTime' => 5
5997 ],
5998 // HTTP POST requests.
5999 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6000 'POST' => [
6001 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6002 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6003 'maxAffected' => 1000
6004 ],
6005 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6006 'masterConns' => 0,
6007 'writes' => 0,
6008 'readQueryTime' => 5
6009 ],
6010 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent
6011 'PostSend' => [
6012 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6013 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6014 'maxAffected' => 1000
6015 ],
6016 // Background job runner
6017 'JobRunner' => [
6018 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6019 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6020 'maxAffected' => 1000
6021 ],
6022 // Command-line scripts
6023 'Maintenance' => [
6024 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6025 'maxAffected' => 1000
6026 ]
6027 ];
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6031 *
6032 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6033 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6034 * in production.
6035 *
6036 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6037 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6038 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6039 * - associative array with keys:
6040 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6041 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6042 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6043 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6044 *
6045 * @par Example:
6046 * @code
6047 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6048 * @endcode
6049 *
6050 * @par Advanced example:
6051 * @code
6052 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6053 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6054 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6055 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6056 * ];
6057 * @endcode
6058 */
6059 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6060
6061 /**
6062 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6063 *
6064 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6065 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6066 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6067 * details.
6068 *
6069 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6070 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6071 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6072 *
6073 * @par To completely disable logging:
6074 * @code
6075 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6076 * @endcode
6077 *
6078 * @since 1.25
6079 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6080 * @see MwLogger
6081 */
6082 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6083 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6084 ];
6085
6086 /**
6087 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6088 *
6089 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6090 */
6091 $wgShowDebug = false;
6092
6093 /**
6094 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6095 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6096 */
6097 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6098
6099 /**
6100 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6101 */
6102 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6103
6104 /**
6105 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6106 */
6107 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6108
6109 /**
6110 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6111 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6112 * to an attacker.
6113 */
6114 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6115
6116 /**
6117 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6118 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6119 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6120 * formatting.
6121 */
6122 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6123
6124 /**
6125 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6126 *
6127 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6128 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6129 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6130 * exception handler.
6131 */
6132 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6133
6134 /**
6135 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6136 */
6137 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6138
6139 /**
6140 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6141 */
6142 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6143
6144 /**
6145 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6146 * Should be a string, default false.
6147 * @since 1.20
6148 */
6149 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6150
6151 /**
6152 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6153 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6154 */
6155 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6156
6157 /**
6158 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6159 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6160 * after the limit.
6161 */
6162 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6163
6164 /**
6165 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6166 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6167 */
6168 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6169
6170 /**
6171 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6172 *
6173 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6174 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6175 */
6176 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6177
6178 /**
6179 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6180 *
6181 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6182 *
6183 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6184 *
6185 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6186 * @since 1.25
6187 */
6188 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6189
6190 /**
6191 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6192 *
6193 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6194 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6195 * @since 1.25
6196 */
6197 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6201 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6202 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6203 * @since 1.28
6204 */
6205 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6206
6207 /**
6208 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6209 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6210 * templates.
6211 */
6212 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6213
6214 /**
6215 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6216 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6217 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6218 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6219 */
6220 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6221
6222 /**
6223 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6224 * filename is passed to it.
6225 *
6226 * Extensions may add their own tests to this array, or site-local tests
6227 * may be added via LocalSettings.php
6228 *
6229 * Use full paths.
6230 */
6231 $wgParserTestFiles = [
6232 "$IP/tests/parser/parserTests.txt",
6233 "$IP/tests/parser/extraParserTests.txt"
6234 ];
6235
6236 /**
6237 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6238 */
6239 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6240
6241 /**
6242 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6243 * @since 1.19
6244 */
6245 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6246
6247 /**
6248 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6249 * queries and other useful output.
6250 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6251 *
6252 * @since 1.19
6253 */
6254 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6255
6256 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6257
6258 /************************************************************************//**
6259 * @name Search
6260 * @{
6261 */
6262
6263 /**
6264 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6265 */
6266 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6267
6268 /**
6269 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6270 * by default off due to execution overhead
6271 */
6272 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6273
6274 /**
6275 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6276 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6277 */
6278 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6279
6280 /**
6281 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6282 *
6283 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6284 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6285 *
6286 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6287 *
6288 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6289 */
6290 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6291
6292 /**
6293 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6294 *
6295 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6296 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6297 *
6298 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6299 */
6300 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6301 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6302 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6303 ];
6304
6305 /**
6306 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6307 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6308 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6309 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6310 */
6311 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6312
6313 /**
6314 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6315 * OpenSearch call.
6316 */
6317 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6318
6319 /**
6320 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6321 */
6322 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6323
6324 /**
6325 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6326 */
6327 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6328
6329 /**
6330 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6331 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6332 */
6333 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6334
6335 /**
6336 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6337 *
6338 * @par Example:
6339 * @code
6340 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6341 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6342 * @endcode
6343 */
6344 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6345 NS_MAIN => true,
6346 ];
6347
6348 /**
6349 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6350 * implemented by an extension instead.
6351 */
6352 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6353
6354 /**
6355 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6356 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6357 * search term.
6358 *
6359 * @par Example:
6360 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6361 * @code
6362 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6363 * 'http://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6364 * '&domains=http://example.com' .
6365 * '&sitesearch=http://example.com' .
6366 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6367 * @endcode
6368 */
6369 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6370
6371 /**
6372 * Search form behavior.
6373 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6374 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6375 */
6376 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6377
6378 /**
6379 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6380 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6381 * generated for all namespaces.
6382 */
6383 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6384
6385 /**
6386 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6387 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6388 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6389 *
6390 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6391 * @par Example:
6392 * @code
6393 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6394 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6395 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6396 * ];
6397 * @endcode
6398 */
6399 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6400
6401 /**
6402 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6403 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6404 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6405 */
6406 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6407
6408 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6409
6410 /************************************************************************//**
6411 * @name Edit user interface
6412 * @{
6413 */
6414
6415 /**
6416 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6417 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6418 */
6419 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6420
6421 /**
6422 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6423 */
6424 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6425
6426 /**
6427 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6428 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6429 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6430 */
6431 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6432 NS_CATEGORY => true
6433 ];
6434
6435 /**
6436 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6437 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6438 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6439 */
6440 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6441
6442 /**
6443 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6444 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6445 * ting this variable false.
6446 */
6447 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6448
6449 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6450
6451 /************************************************************************//**
6452 * @name Maintenance
6453 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6454 * @{
6455 */
6456
6457 /**
6458 * @cond file_level_code
6459 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6460 */
6461 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6462 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6463 }
6464 /** @endcond */
6465
6466 /**
6467 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6468 */
6469 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6470
6471 /**
6472 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6473 * used as an explanation to users.
6474 *
6475 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6476 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6477 * option in MySQL.
6478 */
6479 $wgReadOnly = null;
6480
6481 /**
6482 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6483 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6484 * message.
6485 *
6486 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6487 */
6488 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6489
6490 /**
6491 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6492 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6493 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6494 *
6495 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6496 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6497 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6498 */
6499 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6500
6501 /**
6502 * Fully specified path to git binary
6503 */
6504 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6505
6506 /**
6507 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6508 *
6509 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6510 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6511 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6512 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6513 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6514 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6515 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6516 *
6517 * @since 1.20
6518 */
6519 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6520 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6521 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6522 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6523 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6524 ];
6525
6526 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6527
6528 /************************************************************************//**
6529 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6530 * @{
6531 */
6532
6533 /**
6534 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6535 * seconds will go.
6536 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6537 */
6538 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6539
6540 /**
6541 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6542 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6543 * @since 1.26
6544 */
6545 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6546
6547 /**
6548 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6549 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6550 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6551 * @since 1.26
6552 */
6553 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6554
6555 /**
6556 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6557 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6558 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6559 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6560 * is still there.
6561 */
6562 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6563
6564 /**
6565 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6566 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6567 */
6568 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6569
6570 /**
6571 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6572 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6573 */
6574 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6575
6576 /**
6577 * Destinations to which notifications about recent changes
6578 * should be sent.
6579 *
6580 * As of MediaWiki 1.22, there are 2 supported 'engine' parameter option in core:
6581 * * 'UDPRCFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes over UDP to the
6582 * specified server.
6583 * * 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine', which is used to send recent changes to Redis.
6584 *
6585 * The common options are:
6586 * * 'uri' -- the address to which the notices are to be sent.
6587 * * 'formatter' -- the class name (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6588 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6589 * * 'omit_bots' -- whether the bot edits should be in the feed
6590 * * 'omit_anon' -- whether anonymous edits should be in the feed
6591 * * 'omit_user' -- whether edits by registered users should be in the feed
6592 * * 'omit_minor' -- whether minor edits should be in the feed
6593 * * 'omit_patrolled' -- whether patrolled edits should be in the feed
6594 *
6595 * The IRC-specific options are:
6596 * * 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6597 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6598 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6599 *
6600 * The JSON-specific options are:
6601 * * 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6602 *
6603 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6604 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6605 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1336",
6606 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6607 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6608 * ];
6609 * @example $wgRCFeeds['exampleirc'] = [
6610 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6611 * 'uri' => "udp://localhost:1338",
6612 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6613 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6614 * ];
6615 * @since 1.22
6616 */
6617 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6618
6619 /**
6620 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine to use for a given URI scheme.
6621 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of engine classes.
6622 */
6623 $wgRCEngines = [
6624 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6625 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6626 ];
6627
6628 /**
6629 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6630 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6631 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6632 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6633 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6634 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6635 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6636 *
6637 * @since 1.27
6638 */
6639 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6640
6641 /**
6642 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6643 * New pages and new files are included.
6644 */
6645 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6646
6647 /**
6648 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6649 */
6650 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6651
6652 /**
6653 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6654 *
6655 * @since 1.27
6656 */
6657 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6658
6659 /**
6660 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6661 */
6662 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6663
6664 /**
6665 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6666 */
6667 $wgFeed = true;
6668
6669 /**
6670 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6671 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6672 */
6673 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6674
6675 /**
6676 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6677 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6678 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6679 *
6680 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6681 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6682 */
6683 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6684
6685 /**
6686 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6687 * pages larger than this size.
6688 */
6689 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6690
6691 /**
6692 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6693 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6694 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6695 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6696 * as value.
6697 * @par Example:
6698 * Configure the 'atom' feed to http://example.com/somefeed.xml
6699 * @code
6700 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "http://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6701 * @endcode
6702 */
6703 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6704
6705 /**
6706 * Available feeds objects.
6707 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6708 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6709 */
6710 $wgFeedClasses = [
6711 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6712 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6713 ];
6714
6715 /**
6716 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6717 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6718 */
6719 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6720
6721 /**
6722 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6723 */
6724 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6725
6726 /**
6727 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6728 */
6729 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6730
6731 /**
6732 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6733 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6734 * highlighted on the RC page.
6735 */
6736 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6737
6738 /**
6739 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6740 * view for watched pages with new changes
6741 */
6742 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6743
6744 /**
6745 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6746 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6747 */
6748 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6749
6750 /**
6751 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6752 */
6753 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6754
6755 /**
6756 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6757 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6758 */
6759 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6760
6761 /**
6762 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6763 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6764 * watchers.
6765 *
6766 * @since 1.21
6767 */
6768 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6769
6770 /**
6771 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6772 * certain types of edits.
6773 *
6774 * To register a new one:
6775 * @code
6776 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6777 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6778 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6779 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6780 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6781 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6782 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6783 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6784 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6785 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6786 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6787 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6788 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6789 * ];
6790 * @endcode
6791 *
6792 * @since 1.22
6793 */
6794 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6795 'newpage' => [
6796 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6797 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6798 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6799 'grouping' => 'any',
6800 ],
6801 'minor' => [
6802 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6803 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6804 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6805 'class' => 'minoredit',
6806 'grouping' => 'all',
6807 ],
6808 'bot' => [
6809 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6810 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6811 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6812 'class' => 'botedit',
6813 'grouping' => 'all',
6814 ],
6815 'unpatrolled' => [
6816 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6817 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6818 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6819 'grouping' => 'any',
6820 ],
6821 ];
6822
6823 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
6824
6825 /************************************************************************//**
6826 * @name Copyright and credits settings
6827 * @{
6828 */
6829
6830 /**
6831 * Override for copyright metadata.
6832 *
6833 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
6834 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
6835 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
6836 */
6837 $wgRightsPage = null;
6838
6839 /**
6840 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
6841 * wiki.
6842 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
6843 */
6844 $wgRightsUrl = null;
6845
6846 /**
6847 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
6848 * link.
6849 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
6850 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
6851 */
6852 $wgRightsText = null;
6853
6854 /**
6855 * Override for copyright metadata.
6856 */
6857 $wgRightsIcon = null;
6858
6859 /**
6860 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
6861 */
6862 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
6863
6864 /**
6865 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
6866 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
6867 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
6868 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
6869 * large wikis.
6870 */
6871 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
6872
6873 /**
6874 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
6875 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
6876 */
6877 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
6878
6879 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
6880
6881 /************************************************************************//**
6882 * @name Import / Export
6883 * @{
6884 */
6885
6886 /**
6887 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
6888 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
6889 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
6890 *
6891 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
6892 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
6893 * e.g.
6894 * @code
6895 * $wgImportSources = [
6896 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
6897 * 'wikispecies',
6898 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
6899 * ];
6900 * @endcode
6901 *
6902 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
6903 * the ImportSources hook.
6904 *
6905 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
6906 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
6907 */
6908 $wgImportSources = [];
6909
6910 /**
6911 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
6912 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
6913 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
6914 *
6915 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
6916 */
6917 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
6918
6919 /**
6920 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
6921 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
6922 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
6923 */
6924 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
6925
6926 /**
6927 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
6928 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
6929 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
6930 */
6931 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
6932
6933 /**
6934 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
6935 */
6936 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
6937
6938 /**
6939 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
6940 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
6941 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
6942 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
6943 * it's disabled by default for now.
6944 *
6945 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
6946 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
6947 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
6948 */
6949 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
6950
6951 /**
6952 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
6953 */
6954 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
6955
6956 /**
6957 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
6958 */
6959 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
6960
6961 /**
6962 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
6963 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
6964 *
6965 * @since 1.27
6966 */
6967 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
6968
6969 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
6970
6971 /*************************************************************************//**
6972 * @name Extensions
6973 * @{
6974 */
6975
6976 /**
6977 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
6978 * initialised
6979 */
6980 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
6981
6982 /**
6983 * Extension messages files.
6984 *
6985 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
6986 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
6987 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
6988 * is the most common.
6989 *
6990 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
6991 * in the core.
6992 *
6993 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
6994 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
6995 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
6996 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
6997 *
6998 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
6999 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7000 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7001 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7002 *
7003 * @par Example:
7004 * @code
7005 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7006 * @endcode
7007 */
7008 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7009
7010 /**
7011 * Extension messages directories.
7012 *
7013 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7014 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7015 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7016 * message directories.
7017 *
7018 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7019 *
7020 * @par Simple example:
7021 * @code
7022 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7023 * @endcode
7024 *
7025 * @par Complex example:
7026 * @code
7027 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7028 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7029 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7030 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7031 * ]
7032 * @endcode
7033 * @since 1.23
7034 */
7035 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7036
7037 /**
7038 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7039 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7040 * @since 1.22
7041 */
7042 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7043
7044 /**
7045 * Parser output hooks.
7046 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7047 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7048 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7049 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7050 *
7051 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7052 *
7053 * The callback has the form:
7054 * @code
7055 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7056 * @endcode
7057 */
7058 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7059
7060 /**
7061 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7062 */
7063 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7064
7065 /**
7066 * List of valid skin names
7067 *
7068 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7069 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7070 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7071 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7072 */
7073 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7074
7075 /**
7076 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7077 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7078 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7079 * SpecialPage.
7080 */
7081 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7082
7083 /**
7084 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7085 */
7086 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7087
7088 /**
7089 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7090 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7091 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7092 */
7093 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7094
7095 /**
7096 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7097 *
7098 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7099 *
7100 * @code
7101 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7102 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7103 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7104 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7105 * 'author' => [
7106 * 'Foo Barstein',
7107 * ],
7108 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7109 * 'url' => 'http://example.org/example-extension/',
7110 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7111 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7112 * ];
7113 * @endcode
7114 *
7115 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7116 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7117 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7118 * interpreted as wikitext.
7119 *
7120 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7121 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7122 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7123 *
7124 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7125 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7126 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7127 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7128 *
7129 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7130 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7131 * usually are.)
7132 *
7133 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7134 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7135 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7136 * for instance "[http://example ...]".
7137 *
7138 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7139 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7140 *
7141 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7142 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7143 *
7144 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7145 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7146 */
7147 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7148
7149 /**
7150 * Authentication plugin.
7151 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7152 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7153 */
7154 $wgAuth = null;
7155
7156 /**
7157 * Global list of hooks.
7158 *
7159 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7160 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7161 * internally by Hook:run().
7162 *
7163 * The value can be one of:
7164 *
7165 * - A function name:
7166 * @code
7167 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7168 * @endcode
7169 * - A function with some data:
7170 * @code
7171 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7172 * @endcode
7173 * - A an object method:
7174 * @code
7175 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7176 * @endcode
7177 * - A closure:
7178 * @code
7179 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7180 * // Handler code goes here.
7181 * };
7182 * @endcode
7183 *
7184 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7185 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7186 *
7187 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7188 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7189 */
7190 $wgHooks = [];
7191
7192 /**
7193 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7194 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7195 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7196 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7197 * hook for that.
7198 *
7199 * @see MediaWikiServices
7200 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7201 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7202 */
7203 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7204 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7205 ];
7206
7207 /**
7208 * Maps jobs to their handling classes; extensions
7209 * can add to this to provide custom jobs
7210 */
7211 $wgJobClasses = [
7212 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7213 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7214 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7215 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7216 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7217 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7218 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7219 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7220 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7221 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7222 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7223 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7224 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7225 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7226 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7227 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7228 'null' => 'NullJob'
7229 ];
7230
7231 /**
7232 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7233 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7234 *
7235 * These can be:
7236 * - Very long-running jobs.
7237 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7238 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7239 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7240 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7241 */
7242 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7243
7244 /**
7245 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7246 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7247 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7248 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7249 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7250 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7251 * @var float[]
7252 */
7253 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7254
7255 /**
7256 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7257 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7258 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7259 *
7260 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7261 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7262 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7263 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7264 *
7265 * @var float|bool
7266 * @since 1.26
7267 */
7268 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7269
7270 /**
7271 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7272 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7273 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7274 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7275 */
7276 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7277 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7278 ];
7279
7280 /**
7281 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7282 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7283 */
7284 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7285 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7286 ];
7287
7288 /**
7289 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7290 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7291 */
7292 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7293 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7294 ];
7295
7296 /**
7297 * Hooks that are used for outputting exceptions. Format is:
7298 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = $funcname
7299 * or:
7300 * $wgExceptionHooks[] = [ $class, $funcname ]
7301 * Hooks should return strings or false
7302 */
7303 $wgExceptionHooks = [];
7304
7305 /**
7306 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7307 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7308 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7309 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7310 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7311 */
7312 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7313 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7314 ];
7315
7316 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7317
7318 /*************************************************************************//**
7319 * @name Categories
7320 * @{
7321 */
7322
7323 /**
7324 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7325 */
7326 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7327
7328 /**
7329 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7330 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7331 */
7332 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7333
7334 /**
7335 * Paging limit for categories
7336 */
7337 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7338
7339 /**
7340 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7341 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7342 *
7343 * Available values are:
7344 *
7345 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7346 *
7347 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7348 *
7349 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7350 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7351 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7352 *
7353 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7354 * installed. See http://php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7355 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7356 * server.
7357 *
7358 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7359 * the sort keys in the database.
7360 *
7361 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7362 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7363 */
7364 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7365
7366 /** @} */ # End categories }
7367
7368 /*************************************************************************//**
7369 * @name Logging
7370 * @{
7371 */
7372
7373 /**
7374 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7375 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7376 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7377 * log type.
7378 */
7379 $wgLogTypes = [
7380 '',
7381 'block',
7382 'protect',
7383 'rights',
7384 'delete',
7385 'upload',
7386 'move',
7387 'import',
7388 'patrol',
7389 'merge',
7390 'suppress',
7391 'tag',
7392 'managetags',
7393 'contentmodel',
7394 ];
7395
7396 /**
7397 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7398 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7399 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7400 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7401 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7402 */
7403 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7404 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7405 ];
7406
7407 /**
7408 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7409 *
7410 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7411 *
7412 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7413 *
7414 * @par Example:
7415 * @code
7416 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7417 * @endcode
7418 *
7419 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7420 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7421 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7422 *
7423 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7424 * for the link text.
7425 */
7426 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7427 'patrol' => true,
7428 'tag' => true,
7429 ];
7430
7431 /**
7432 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7433 * will be listed in the user interface.
7434 *
7435 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7436 *
7437 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7438 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7439 */
7440 $wgLogNames = [
7441 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7442 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7443 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7444 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7445 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7446 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7447 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7448 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7449 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7450 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7451 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7452 ];
7453
7454 /**
7455 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7456 * top of each log type.
7457 *
7458 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7459 *
7460 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7461 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7462 */
7463 $wgLogHeaders = [
7464 '' => 'alllogstext',
7465 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7466 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7467 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7468 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7469 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7470 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7471 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7472 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7473 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7474 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7475 ];
7476
7477 /**
7478 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7479 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7480 *
7481 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7482 */
7483 $wgLogActions = [];
7484
7485 /**
7486 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7487 * not messages.
7488 * @see LogPage::actionText
7489 * @see LogFormatter
7490 */
7491 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7492 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7493 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7494 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7495 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7496 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7497 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7498 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7499 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7500 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7501 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7502 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7503 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7504 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7505 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7506 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7507 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7508 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7509 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7510 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7511 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7512 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7513 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7514 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7515 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7516 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7517 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7518 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7519 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7520 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7521 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7522 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7523 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7524 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7525 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7526 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7527 ];
7528
7529 /**
7530 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7531 *
7532 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7533 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7534 * Extensions may append to this array
7535 * @since 1.27
7536 */
7537 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7538 'block' => [
7539 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7540 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7541 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7542 ],
7543 'contentmodel' => [
7544 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7545 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7546 ],
7547 'delete' => [
7548 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7549 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7550 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7551 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7552 ],
7553 'import' => [
7554 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7555 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7556 ],
7557 'managetags' => [
7558 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7559 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7560 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7561 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7562 ],
7563 'move' => [
7564 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7565 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7566 ],
7567 'newusers' => [
7568 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7569 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7570 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7571 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7572 ],
7573 'patrol' => [
7574 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7575 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7576 ],
7577 'protect' => [
7578 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7579 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7580 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7581 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7582 ],
7583 'rights' => [
7584 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7585 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7586 ],
7587 'suppress' => [
7588 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7589 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7590 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7591 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7592 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7593 ],
7594 'upload' => [
7595 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7596 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7597 ],
7598 ];
7599
7600 /**
7601 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7602 */
7603 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7604
7605 /** @} */ # end logging }
7606
7607 /*************************************************************************//**
7608 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7609 * @{
7610 */
7611
7612 /**
7613 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7614 */
7615 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7616
7617 /**
7618 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7619 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7620 */
7621 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7622
7623 /**
7624 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7625 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7626 */
7627 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7628
7629 /**
7630 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7631 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7632 */
7633 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7634
7635 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7636
7637 /*************************************************************************//**
7638 * @name Actions
7639 * @{
7640 */
7641
7642 /**
7643 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7644 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7645 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7646 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7647 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7648 * instead of the default class.
7649 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7650 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7651 */
7652 $wgActions = [
7653 'credits' => true,
7654 'delete' => true,
7655 'edit' => true,
7656 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7657 'history' => true,
7658 'info' => true,
7659 'markpatrolled' => true,
7660 'protect' => true,
7661 'purge' => true,
7662 'raw' => true,
7663 'render' => true,
7664 'revert' => true,
7665 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7666 'rollback' => true,
7667 'submit' => true,
7668 'unprotect' => true,
7669 'unwatch' => true,
7670 'view' => true,
7671 'watch' => true,
7672 ];
7673
7674 /** @} */ # end actions }
7675
7676 /*************************************************************************//**
7677 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7678 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7679 * @{
7680 */
7681
7682 /**
7683 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7684 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7685 * basis.
7686 */
7687 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7688
7689 /**
7690 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7691 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7692 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7693 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7694 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7695 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7696 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7697 *
7698 * @par Example:
7699 * @code
7700 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7701 * @endcode
7702 */
7703 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7704
7705 /**
7706 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7707 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7708 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7709 *
7710 * @par Example:
7711 * @code
7712 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7713 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7714 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7715 * ];
7716 * @endcode
7717 *
7718 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7719 * forms:
7720 * @code
7721 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7722 * # Underscore, not space!
7723 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7724 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7725 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7726 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7727 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7728 * ];
7729 * @endcode
7730 */
7731 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7732
7733 /**
7734 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7735 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7736 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7737 *
7738 * @par Example:
7739 * @code
7740 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7741 * @endcode
7742 */
7743 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7744
7745 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7746
7747 /************************************************************************//**
7748 * @name AJAX and API
7749 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7750 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7751 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7752 * @{
7753 */
7754
7755 /**
7756 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7757 * machine-readable data via api.php
7758 *
7759 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7760 */
7761 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7762
7763 /**
7764 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7765 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7766 * accesses it
7767 */
7768 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7769
7770 /**
7771 *
7772 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7773 *
7774 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7775 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7776 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7777 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7778 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7779 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7780 * requiring POST.
7781 *
7782 * @since 1.21
7783 */
7784 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7785
7786 /**
7787 * API module extensions.
7788 *
7789 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7790 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7791 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7792 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7793 *
7794 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7795 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7796 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7797 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7798 * field.
7799 *
7800 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7801 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7802 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7803 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7804 *
7805 * Examples for registering API modules:
7806 *
7807 * @code
7808 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7809 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
7810 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
7811 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
7812 * ];
7813 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
7814 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
7815 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
7816 * ];
7817 * @endcode
7818 *
7819 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7820 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
7821 */
7822 $wgAPIModules = [];
7823
7824 /**
7825 * API format module extensions.
7826 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7827 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7828 *
7829 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
7830 */
7831 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
7832
7833 /**
7834 * API Query meta module extensions.
7835 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7836 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7837 *
7838 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
7839 */
7840 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
7841
7842 /**
7843 * API Query prop module extensions.
7844 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7845 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7846 *
7847 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
7848 */
7849 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
7850
7851 /**
7852 * API Query list module extensions.
7853 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
7854 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
7855 *
7856 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
7857 */
7858 $wgAPIListModules = [];
7859
7860 /**
7861 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
7862 * The default value is generally fine
7863 */
7864 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
7865
7866 /**
7867 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
7868 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
7869 */
7870 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
7871
7872 /**
7873 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
7874 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
7875 */
7876 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
7877
7878 /**
7879 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
7880 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
7881 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
7882 */
7883 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
7884
7885 /**
7886 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
7887 * API request logging
7888 */
7889 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
7890
7891 /**
7892 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
7893 */
7894 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
7895
7896 /**
7897 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
7898 * API queries.
7899 */
7900 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
7901 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
7902 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
7903 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
7904 ];
7905
7906 /**
7907 * Enable AJAX framework
7908 */
7909 $wgUseAjax = true;
7910
7911 /**
7912 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
7913 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
7914 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
7915 */
7916 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
7917
7918 /**
7919 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
7920 */
7921 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
7922
7923 /**
7924 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
7925 */
7926 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
7927
7928 /**
7929 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
7930 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
7931 */
7932 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
7933
7934 /**
7935 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
7936 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
7937 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
7938 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
7939 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
7940 *
7941 * - '*' matches any number of characters
7942 * - '?' matches any 1 character
7943 *
7944 * @par Example:
7945 * @code
7946 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
7947 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
7948 * '*.wikipedia.org',
7949 * '*.wikimedia.org',
7950 * '*.wiktionary.org',
7951 * ];
7952 * @endcode
7953 */
7954 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
7955
7956 /**
7957 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
7958 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7959 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
7960 */
7961 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
7962
7963 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
7964
7965 /************************************************************************//**
7966 * @name Shell and process control
7967 * @{
7968 */
7969
7970 /**
7971 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
7972 */
7973 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
7974
7975 /**
7976 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
7977 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
7978 */
7979 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
7980
7981 /**
7982 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7983 */
7984 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
7985
7986 /**
7987 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
7988 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
7989 */
7990 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
7991
7992 /**
7993 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
7994 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
7995 *
7996 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
7997 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
7998 * them segfault or deadlock.
7999 *
8000 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8001 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8002 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8003 *
8004 * @par Example:
8005 * @code
8006 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8007 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8008 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8009 * @endcode
8010 *
8011 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8012 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8013 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8014 */
8015 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8016
8017 /**
8018 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8019 */
8020 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8021
8022 /**
8023 * Locale for LC_CTYPE, to work around http://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8024 * For Unix-like operating systems, set this to to a locale that has a UTF-8
8025 * character set. Only the character set is relevant.
8026 */
8027 $wgShellLocale = 'en_US.utf8';
8028
8029 /** @} */ # End shell }
8030
8031 /************************************************************************//**
8032 * @name HTTP client
8033 * @{
8034 */
8035
8036 /**
8037 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8038 */
8039 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8040
8041 /**
8042 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8043 */
8044 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8045
8046 /**
8047 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8048 */
8049 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8050
8051 /**
8052 * Local virtual hosts.
8053 *
8054 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8055 * If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any subdomain thereof,
8056 * then no proxy will be used.
8057 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8058 * proxy if it is configured.
8059 * @since 1.25
8060 */
8061 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8062
8063 /**
8064 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8065 * Only works for curl
8066 */
8067 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8068
8069 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8070
8071 /************************************************************************//**
8072 * @name Job queue
8073 * @{
8074 */
8075
8076 /**
8077 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8078 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8079 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8080 * be run periodically.
8081 */
8082 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8083
8084 /**
8085 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8086 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8087 * execution finishes.
8088 *
8089 * @since 1.23
8090 */
8091 $wgRunJobsAsync = (
8092 !function_exists( 'register_postsend_function' ) &&
8093 !function_exists( 'fastcgi_finish_request' )
8094 );
8095
8096 /**
8097 * Number of rows to update per job
8098 */
8099 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8100
8101 /**
8102 * Number of rows to update per query
8103 */
8104 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8105
8106 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8107
8108 /************************************************************************//**
8109 * @name Miscellaneous
8110 * @{
8111 */
8112
8113 /**
8114 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8115 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8116 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8117 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8118 */
8119 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8120
8121 /**
8122 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8123 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8124 *
8125 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8126 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8127 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8128 */
8129 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8130
8131 /**
8132 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8133 * For debugging
8134 */
8135 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8136
8137 /**
8138 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8139 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8140 */
8141 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8142
8143 /**
8144 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8145 */
8146 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8147
8148 /**
8149 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8150 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8151 */
8152 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8153
8154 /**
8155 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8156 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8157 */
8158 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8159
8160 /**
8161 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8162 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8163 *
8164 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8165 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8166 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8167 * parameters.
8168 *
8169 * @par Example:
8170 * @code
8171 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8172 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8173 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8174 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8175 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8176 * ... any extension-specific options...
8177 * ];
8178 * @endcode
8179 */
8180 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8181
8182 /**
8183 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8184 */
8185 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8186
8187 /**
8188 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8189 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8190 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8191 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8192 *
8193 * @since 1.21
8194 */
8195 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8196
8197 /**
8198 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8199 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8200 *
8201 * * 'ignore': return null
8202 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8203 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8204 *
8205 * @since 1.21
8206 */
8207 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8208
8209 /**
8210 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8211 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8212 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8213 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8214 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8215 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8216 *
8217 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8218 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8219 *
8220 * @since 1.21
8221 */
8222 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8223
8224 /**
8225 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8226 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8227 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8228 *
8229 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8230 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8231 *
8232 * @since 1.21
8233 */
8234 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8235 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8236 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8237 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8238 ];
8239
8240 /**
8241 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8242 *
8243 * @since 1.20
8244 */
8245 $wgSiteTypes = [
8246 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8247 ];
8248
8249 /**
8250 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8251 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8252 * @since 1.23
8253 */
8254 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8255
8256 /**
8257 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8258 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8259 * @see bug 65184
8260 * @since 1.24
8261 */
8262 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8263
8264 /**
8265 * Secret for session storage.
8266 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8267 * be used.
8268 * @since 1.27
8269 */
8270 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8271
8272 /**
8273 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8274 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8275 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8276 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8277 * @since 1.27
8278 */
8279 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8280
8281 /**
8282 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8283 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8284 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8285 * be used.
8286 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8287 * @since 1.24
8288 */
8289 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8290
8291 /**
8292 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8293 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8294 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8295 * @since 1.24
8296 */
8297 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8298
8299 /**
8300 * Enable page language feature
8301 * Allows setting page language in database
8302 * @var bool
8303 * @since 1.24
8304 */
8305 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8306
8307 /**
8308 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8309 *
8310 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8311 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8312 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8313 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8314 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8315 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8316 *
8317 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8318 *
8319 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8320 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8321 * 'options' => [
8322 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8323 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8324 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8325 * ]
8326 * ];
8327 *
8328 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8329 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8330 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8331 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8332 *
8333 * Example config for Parsoid:
8334 *
8335 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8336 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8337 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8338 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8339 * ];
8340 *
8341 * @var array
8342 * @since 1.25
8343 */
8344 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8345 'paths' => [],
8346 'modules' => [],
8347 'global' => [
8348 # Timeout in seconds
8349 'timeout' => 360,
8350 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8351 'forwardCookies' => false,
8352 'HTTPProxy' => null
8353 ]
8354 ];
8355
8356 /**
8357 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8358 * these suggestions.
8359 *
8360 * @var bool
8361 * @since 1.26
8362 */
8363 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8364
8365 /**
8366 * Where popular password file is located.
8367 *
8368 * Default in core contains 50,000 most popular. This config
8369 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8370 * a password file with > 50000 entries in it.
8371 *
8372 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8373 * @since 1.27
8374 * @var string path to file
8375 */
8376 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8377
8378 /*
8379 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8380 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8381 *
8382 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8383 * @since 1.27
8384 */
8385 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8386
8387 /**
8388 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8389 *
8390 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8391 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8392 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8393 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8394 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8395 *
8396 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8397 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8398 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8399 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8400 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8401 *
8402 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8403 *
8404 * @since 1.27
8405 */
8406 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8407 'default' => [
8408 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8409 ]
8410 ];
8411
8412 /**
8413 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8414 *
8415 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8416 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8417 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8418 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8419 *
8420 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8421 *
8422 * @var bool
8423 * @since 1.28
8424 */
8425 $wgPingback = false;
8426
8427 /**
8428 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8429 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8430 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8431 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8432 *
8433 * @since 1.28
8434 */
8435 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8436 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8437 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8438 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8439 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8440 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8441 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8442 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8443 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8444 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8445 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8446 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8447 ];
8448
8449 /**
8450 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8451 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8452 * @}
8453 */